Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / EPI (Holdings) Ltd

EPI (Holdings) Ltd

epihf · OTC Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker epihf
Exchange OTC
Sector Communication Services
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · EPI (Holdings) Ltd
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
(Incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability)
(Stock Code : 689)

Contents

3

4

6

Corporate Information

Chairman’s Statement

Management Discussion and Analysis

17

Biographical Details of Directors and Senior 

Management

21

Report of the Directors

29

Corporate Governance Report

41

Environmental, Social and Governance Report

57

Independent Auditor’s Report

62

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 

Comprehensive Income

63

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

65

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

66

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

68

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

152

Five-Year Financial Summary

In this annual report, the following abbreviations have the following meanings unless otherwise specified:

“ARS”

“Board”

“Company”

“Directors”

“Group”

Argentina Peso

Board of Directors of the Company

EPI (Holdings) Limited

directors of the Company

the Company and its subsidiaries

“Hong Kong Companies  

Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

Ordinance”

“Listing Rules”

Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange

“Model Code”

Model  Code  for  Securities  Transactions  by  Directors  of  Listed  Issuers  set 
out in Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules

“PRC”

“RMB”

“SFO”

People’s Republic of China

Renminbi

Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

“Stock Exchange”

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

“HK$” and “HK cent(s)”

Hong Kong dollars and cent(s)

“US$”

“%”

United States dollars

per cent.

The Chinese version of this annual report is a translation of the English version and is for reference only. In case of 
any discrepancies or inconsistencies between the English version and the Chinese version, the English version shall 
prevail.

2

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019AbbreviationsBOARD OF DIRECTORS

Executive Directors

Mr. Liu Zhiyi (Chairman and Chief Executive Officer)
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Non-executive Director

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul

Independent Non-executive Directors

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

AUDIT COMMITTEE

Mr. Pun Chi Ping (Chairman)
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

Mr. Pun Chi Ping (Chairman)
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine (Chairlady)
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (Chairman)
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

COMPANY SECRETARY

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

REGISTERED OFFICE

Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM11
Bermuda

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IN HONG KONG

Room 3203, 32nd Floor
China Resources Building
26 Harbour Road
Wanchai, Hong Kong

PRINCIPAL BANKERS

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 

Limited

Hang Seng Bank Limited
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., Hong Kong Branch
China CITIC Bank International Limited

LEGAL ADVISERS

Reed Smith Richards Butler
Stevenson, Wong & Co.

AUDITOR

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Certified Public Accountants
Registered Public Interest Entity Auditors

PRINCIPAL SHARE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER 

OFFICE

MUFG Fund Services (Bermuda) Limited
4th floor North Cedar House
41 Cedar Avenue
Hamilton HM12
Bermuda

HONG KONG BRANCH SHARE REGISTRAR 

AND TRANSFER OFFICE

Tricor Tengis Limited
Level 54, Hopewell Centre
183 Queen’s Road East
Hong Kong

TRADING OF SHARES

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited
(Stock Code: 689)

WEBSITE

http://www.epiholdings.com

3

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate InformationOn  behalf  of  the  Board,  I  hereby  present  to  the  shareholders  the  results  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2019.

RESULTS

For  the  year  under  review,  the  Group  continued  to  principally  engage  in  the  business  of  petroleum 
exploration and production, money lending and investment in securities.

With  the  backdrop  of  the  continuous  trade  disputes  between  the  United  States  and  China,  the  series  of 
social  events  taking  place  in  Hong  Kong  and  the  volatile  sentiments  of  the  global  and  local  investment  and 
credit  markets,  the  Group  had  experienced  a  difficult  year.  For  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group 
reported  a  loss  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$138,099,000  (2018:  HK$115,227,000)  that  was 
mainly resulted from the expected credit loss on loan and interest receivables of HK$61,703,000, provision of 
impairment  loss  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  of  the  Argentina  petroleum  operation  of  HK$42,377,000 
and  the  net  loss  on  financial  assets  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  of  HK$32,736,000.  Basic  loss  per  share 
was HK2.64 cents and increased by 17% over last year (2018: HK2.26 cents).

For  the  year  under  review,  the  Group  reported  a  decline  in  revenue  by  15%  to  HK$60,560,000  (2018: 
HK$71,419,000)  which  mainly  due  to  the  drop  in  revenue  of  the  petroleum  business  to  HK$24,171,000 
(2018:  HK$43,998,000),  though  partly  offset  by  the  increase  in  revenue  of  the  money  lending  business  to 
HK$35,287,000 (2018: HK$26,369,000).

Overall  speaking,  the  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  recorded  a  loss  of 
HK$46,610,000 (2018: HK$462,000) which comprised operating loss of HK$4,233,000 (2018: operating profit of 
HK$2,921,000)  and  provision  of  impairment  loss  of  HK$42,377,000  (2018:  HK$3,383,000),  the  money  lending 
business  recorded  a  loss  of  HK$35,740,000  (2018:  profit  of  HK$10,793,000)  which  comprised  operating  profit 
of HK$25,963,000 (2018: HK$16,406,000) and expected credit loss of HK$61,703,000 (2018: HK$5,613,000), and 
the  investment  in  securities  business  recorded  a  loss  result  of  HK$21,460,000  (2018:  HK$71,562,000)  which 
mainly represented the net realised and unrealised loss on securities investments made by the Group.

PROSPECTS

As stated in the Company’s circular dated 12 March 2020 (the “Circular”), after due evaluation of the data and 
information  relating  to  the  Chañares  Concession  (which  the  CHE  Concession  area  forms  part),  the  Company 
intends,  through  its  indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiary  in  Argentina,  to  submit  a  bid  offer  for  the  Chañares 
Concession under the Bidding Process. The Directors considered that the submission of the bid offer presents 
a  valuable  investment  opportunity  to  acquire  a  valuable  petroleum  asset  which  facilitates  the  development 
of the Group’s petroleum exploration and production business. The Bidding Process was originally scheduled 
to  be  commenced  on  1  April  2020,  but  owing  to  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  on  26  March  2020,  the  local 
government  authority  in  Argentina  informed  the  Group  that  the  Bidding  Process  will  be  delayed  until 
further  notice.  Back  on  25  March  2020,  the  competent  person  who  prepared  the  Competent  Person’s  Report 
contained  in  the  Circular  also  informed  the  Group  that  the  valuation  opinion  is  no  longer  valid  to  be  used 
as  there  has  been  a  significant  drop  in  the  international  oil  price  since  9  March  2020.  As  a  result,  the  special 
general  meeting  originally  scheduled  to  be  held  on  30  March  2020  to  approve  the  proposed  transaction 
contemplated  under  the  bid  offer  is  also  delayed.  The  Company  will  provide  shareholders  updates  on  this 
matter as and when appropriate.

4

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Chairman’s StatementAlthough the easing of tension of the trade disputes between the United States and China since the signing 
of the first phase trade deal in January 2020 is expected to give a positive boost to international oil prices, the 
global outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic has posed great threats to many nations and their economies, and 
has  created  significant  uncertainties  in  global  and  local  investment  markets  and  volatilities  of  international 
oil prices. To prevent the spread of the virus, many countries including China, United States, United Kingdom, 
France,  Italy  and  Spain  have  imposed  measures  to  restrict  social  activities  and  shut  down  their  borders  by 
different extent which adversely affected their economies. Investors are worried that there will be slowdown 
of  growth  in  major  economies  including  United  States  and  China  or  even  a  global  recession  with  the  result 
that market sentiments, including international oil prices, are very volatile.

The  business  outlook  of  the  Group  for  2020  is  challenging  as  uncertainties  of  the  macro  environment, 
particularly  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  have  dampened  business  and  investor  confidence.  It  is  difficult 
to  predict  the  evolution  and  duration  of  the  pandemic,  but  hopefully  it  should  come  to  an  end  one  day. 
Looking  forward,  the  management  will  adopt  a  prudent  approach  in  managing  the  Group’s  businesses  and 
will diligently consider to, subject to the prevailing market conditions when the Bidding Process commences 
and other applicable conditions, participate in the Bidding Process.

APPRECIATION

On  behalf  of  the  Board,  I  would  like  to  take  this  opportunity  to  thank  all  shareholders,  bankers,  business 
associates  and  customers  for  their  continuing  support  to  the  Group,  my  fellow  directors  for  their  valuable 
services, and all staff members for their contributions and hard work during the past year.

Liu Zhiyi
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Hong Kong, 3 April 2020

5

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Chairman’s StatementBUSINESS REVIEW

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group  continued  to  principally  engage  in  the  business  of 
petroleum exploration and production, money lending and investment in securities.

Against  the  backdrop  of  the  ongoing  trade  disputes  between  the  United  States  and  China,  the  series  of 
social  events  taking  place  in  Hong  Kong  and  the  volatile  sentiments  of  the  global  and  local  investment 
markets, 2019 was a challenging year for the Group. For the year under review, the Group reported a decline 
in  revenue  by  15%  to  HK$60,560,000  (2018:  HK$71,419,000),  mainly  due  to  the  drop  in  revenue  of  the 
petroleum  business,  and  recorded  a  loss  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company  of  HK$138,099,000  (2018: 
HK$115,227,000),  largely  due  to  the  impairment  loss  of  the  Group’s  oil  and  gas  properties  in  Argentina 
of  HK$42,333,000  (2018:  HK$3,383,000)  and  the  expected  credit  loss  on  loan  and  interest  receivables  of 
HK$61,703,000 (2018: HK$5,613,000).

Petroleum Exploration and Production

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group  continued  to  engage  in  petroleum  exploration  and 
production  business  in  the  Chañares  Herrados  area  (the  “CHE  Concession”),  located  in  the  Cuyana  Basin, 
Mendoza Province of Argentina and Chañares Energía S.A. (formerly known as Chañares Herrados Empresa de 
Trabajos Petroleros S.A.) (“Chañares”) is the concessionaire of the CHE Concession.

On  2  December  2010,  Southstart  Limited  (“Southstart”),  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  and 
Chañares  entered  into  a  joint  venture  agreement  (the  “2010  JV  Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the  2010  JV 
Agreement, among others, EP Energy S.A. (“EP Energy”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, had the 
right to drill and invest in the CHE Concession and was entitled to share 72% of hydrocarbon production from 
the wells drilled by EP Energy in the current and future years until the end of the CHE Concession.

On 5 June 2012, EP Energy, Have Result Investments Limited (“Have Result”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the 
Company,  and  Chañares  entered  into  an  operation  agreement  (the  “Operation  Agreement”).  Pursuant  to  the 
Operation Agreement, among others, Chañares agreed to release EP Energy from the investment commitment 
in  the  2010  JV  Agreement,  whereas  EP  Energy  retains  the  right  to  drill  and  invest  in  the  CHE  Concession 
during the life of the CHE Concession. The Operation Agreement confirmed that Have Result is entitled to 51% 
interest  in  the  production  of  five  oil  wells  and  EP  Energy  is  entitled  to  72%  interest  in  the  production  of  the 
other five oil wells.

6

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisFor the year under review,  the Group’s petroleum exploration and production  business  generated  a  revenue 
of  HK$24,171,000  (2018:  HK$43,998,000)  and  recorded  an  operating  loss  before  provision  of  impairment 
loss  of  HK$4,233,000  (2018:  operating  profit  of  HK$2,921,000).  The  decrease  in  the  operation’s  revenue  was 
the  combined  effect  of  the  drop  in  the  average  crude  oil  selling  price  offered  by  YPF  S.A.,  an  Argentina 
state-owned  oil  company  and  the  buyer  of  the  operation’s  output,  from  an  average  of  US$60.8  per  barrel 
last  year  to  US$50.7  per  barrel  in  the  current  year,  and  the  drop  in  production  of  crude  oil  by  about  32%. 
The  fall  in  oil  prices  offered  by  YPF  S.A.  during  the  year,  which  largely  followed  the  downward  trend  of 
international oil price after reaching its peak in October 2018, were mainly resulted from, among other factors, 
(i)  the  continuous  trade  disputes  between  the  United  States  and  China  and  (ii)  the  higher  than  expected  oil 
production  in  the  United  States;  whilst  the  drop  in  the  operation’s  crude  oil  production  during  the  year  was 
the combined results of (i) the extended maintenance works performed on two oil wells which took more than 
double the normal time required to complete the tasks; (ii) the natural decline of output of the Group’s ten oil 
wells,  which  have  been  in  production  for  over  eight  years;  and  (iii)  the  temporary  production  suspension  of 
two oil wells pending for cost-revenue analysis, as after years of production the reserves of these oil wells have 
fallen to a level that it may not be economical to continue production.

As  disclosed  in  the  Company’s  circular  dated  12  March  2020,  the  Executive  of  the  Province  of  Mendoza 
had  issued  a  decree  in  respect  of  the  termination  of  the  CHE  Concession  as  Chañares  had  not  fulfilled  its 
investment commitment. Subsequently, the Chañares Concession (which the CHE Concession area forms part) 
has  been  made  available  for  other  investors  to  bid  under  the  Bidding  Process  (bids  to  be  submitted  under 
the Bidding Process was once scheduled to be on 1 April 2020, the Group was informed by the Hydrocarbons 
Department  of  Mendoza  Province  on  26  March  2020  that  the  bid  submission  date  will  be  postponed  until 
further  notice  owing  to  the  impact  of  COVID-19  (as  disclosed  in  the  Company’s  announcement  dated  27 
March 2020)). The Group understands that before the successful bidder takes over the Chañares Concession, 
Chañares can continue to operate in the CHE Concession and pay the same fees, royalties and other payments 
to  the  government  under  the  same  contractual  conditions  previously  granted  and  should  be  able  to  extract 
and  sell  oil  and  should  continue  to  pay  fees,  royalties  and  other  payments,  which  logically  are  only  payable 
in a context where the concessionaire is allowed to extract and sell oil. Accordingly, Chañares has continued 
to  send  to  the  Group  the  daily  production  reports  which  contain  daily  production  and  sales  quantity,  and 
monthly  reports  which  contain  production  and  sales  quantity,  selling  price,  sales  revenue  and  operating 
expenses for calculating the profit sharing between the Group and Chañares under the Operation Agreement.

7

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisIt  is  expected  that  the  Group  will  continue  to  be  entitled  to  its  share  of  production  under  the  Operation 
Agreement up until the Chañares Concession is delivered to the successful bidder under the Bidding Process, 
which  was  originally  scheduled  to  be  in  June  2020  (the  “Expected  Delivery  Date”)  (the  Expected  Delivery 
Date  may  be  delayed  as  the  Bidding  Process  will  be  postponed  as  referred  to  above).  In  view  of  the  CHE 
Concession will be shortened from its extended expiry date in November 2027 to the Expected Delivery Date, 
the  Group  had  performed  an  impairment  review  on  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets  and  the  oil  and 
gas  properties  of  the  CHE  Concession  at  31  December  2019  and  determined  that  there  was  no  reversal  of 
impairment  loss  on  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets  (which  were  fully  impaired),  whilst  a  provision  of 
impairment loss of the Group’s oil and gas properties of HK$42,333,000 (2018: HK$3,383,000) was recognised. 
Overall  speaking,  the  operation  recorded  an  overall  loss  of  HK$46,610,000  (2018:  HK$462,000)  comprising 
operating  loss  of  HK$4,233,000  (2018:  operating  profit  of  HK$2,921,000)  and  provision  of  impairment  loss  of 
HK$42,377,000  (2018:  HK$3,383,000)  (comprised  provision  of  impairment  loss  on  oil  and  gas  properties  and 
provision of impairment loss on other property, plant and equipment of HK$42,333,000 (2018: HK$3,383,000) 
and HK$44,000 (2018: nil)) respectively.

As disclosed in the Company’s circular dated 12 March 2020, after due evaluation of the data and information 
relating  to  the  Chañares  Concession  (which  the  CHE  Concession  area  forms  part),  the  Company  intends, 
through  its  indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  to  submit  a  bid  offer  for  the  Chañares  Concession  under  the 
Bidding  Process.  As  referred  to  above,  the  Bidding  Process  will  be  delayed  until  further  notice  owing  to  the 
impact  of  COVID-19.  Further  announcements  on  the  Bidding  Process  will  be  made  by  the  Company  as  and 
when appropriate.

Money Lending

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group’s  money  lending  business  reported  an  increase  in 
revenue  and  operating  profit  (before  expected  credit  loss  allowance)  by  54%  to  HK$25,971,000  (2018: 
HK$16,814,000)  and  58%  to  HK$25,963,000  (2018:  HK$16,406,000)  respectively.  Such  increases  were  mainly 
due to the higher average amount of loans advanced to borrowers during the year. Before granting loans to 
potential customers, the management uses internal credit assessment process to assess the borrower’s credit 
quality  and  defines  the  credit  limits  granted  to  the  borrowers.  The  credit  limits  granted  to  the  borrowers 
are  reviewed  by  the  management  regularly.  During  the  year  under  review,  an  expected  credit  loss  of 
HK$61,703,000  (2018:  HK$5,613,000),  which  reflects  the  credit  risk  involved  in  collectability  of  a  default  loan 
and certain non-default loans determined under the Group’s loan impairment policy, was recognised against 
the loan and interest receivables. The Group is considering various actions for recovery of the default loan.

8

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisAt  31  December  2019,  the  loans  portfolio  held  by  the  Group  amounted  to  HK$185,688,000  (after  expected 
credit  loss  allowance  of  HK$68,755,000)  (2018:  HK$251,652,000  (after  expected  credit  loss  allowance  of 
HK$7,052,000)) with details as follows:

Approximate weighting to the carrying 
amount of the Group’s loan portfolio

Category of
borrowers

Corporate
Corporate

Individual

Secured
%

Unsecured
%

3.00
–

27.33
17.77

40.32

Interest rate
per annum
%

10 – 18
8 – 10

Total
%

30.33
17.77

Maturity

Within 1 year
More than 1 year 
but within 3 years
Within 1 year

11.58

51.90

10 – 18

85.42

14.58

100.00

As  shown  above,  85.42%  of  the  loan  portfolio  is  secured  by  various  collaterals  and  the  remaining  14.58%  is 
unsecured.

Investment in Securities

The  Group  generally  acquires  securities  listed  on  the  Stock  Exchange  or  other  recognised  stock  exchanges 
and over-the-counter markets with good liquidity that can facilitate swift execution of securities transactions. 
For  making  investment  or  divestment  decision  on  securities  of  individual  target  company,  references  will 
usually be made to the latest financial information, news and announcements issued by the target company, 
investment  analysis  reports  that  the  Company  has  access  to,  as  well  as  industry  or  macro-economic  news. 
When  deciding  on  acquiring  securities  to  be  held  for  long-term  purpose,  particular  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  past  financial  performance  of  the  target  company  including  its  sales  and  profit  growth,  financial 
healthiness,  dividend  policy,  business  prospect,  industry  and  macro-economic  outlook.  When  deciding 
on  acquiring  securities  to  be  held  other  than  for  long-term  purpose,  in  addition  to  the  factors  mentioned, 
references will also be made to prevailing market sentiments on different sectors of the investment markets. 
In  terms  of  return,  for  long-term  securities  investments,  the  Company  mainly  emphasises  on  return  of 
investment in the form of capital appreciation and dividend/interest income. For securities investment other 
than  for  long-term  holding,  the  Company  mainly  emphasises  on  return  of  investment  in  the  form  of  trading 
gains.

9

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At  31  December  2019,  the  Group’s  securities  investments  comprised  a  financial  asset  at  fair  value  through 
profit  or  loss  (“FVTPL”)  portfolio  valued  at  HK$37,059,000  (2018:  HK$71,816,000),  comprising  mainly 
equity  securities  listed  in  Hong  Kong,  and  debt  instrument  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive 
income  (“FVTOCI”)  portfolio  (constituted  by  non-current  and  current  portions)  valued  at  HK$141,826,000 
(2018:  HK$130,330,000),  comprising  debt  securities  listed  in  Hong  Kong  or  overseas.  As  a  whole,  the 
Group’s  securities  investments  recorded  a  revenue  of  HK$10,418,000  (2018:  HK$10,607,000)  and  a  loss  of 
HK$21,460,000 (2018: HK$71,562,000).

Financial assets at FVTPL

At 31 December 2019, the Group held a financial asset at FVTPL portfolio amounting to HK$37,059,000 (2018: 
HK$71,816,000) measured at market/fair value. During the year under review, the portfolio generated revenue 
of HK$1,102,000 representing dividends from equity securities of HK$935,000 and interest income from debt 
securities  of  HK$167,000  (2018:  HK$1,052,000,  representing  dividends  from  equity  securities).  The  Group 
recognised a net loss on financial assets at FVTPL of HK$32,736,000, which comprised net unrealised loss and 
net  realised  loss  of  HK$27,876,000  and  HK$4,860,000  respectively  (2018:  net  loss  of  HK$80,636,000,  which 
comprised net unrealised loss and net realised loss of HK$55,237,000 and HK$25,399,000 respectively).

The realised loss recorded during the year represented the loss on disposal of equity securities in open market 
and the unrealised loss mainly represented the decrease in market value of those equity securities held by the 
Group  at  the  year  end.  The  losses  incurred  were  largely  a  result  of  the  volatile  conditions  of  the  Hong  Kong 
stock market subsisting during the year, which in turn related to the continuous trade disputes between the 
United States and China and the series of social events taking place in Hong Kong, and the declining financial 
performance of some of the investee companies. The Group has adopted a prudent and disciplined approach 
in managing its financial asset at FVTPL portfolio in view of the significant market fluctuations during the year.

At  31  December  2019,  the  Group  invested  in  different  categories  of  companies  and  their  weightings  to  the 
market/fair value of the Group’s financial asset at FVTPL portfolio of HK$37,059,000 are as below:

Category of companies

Conglomerate
Education
Game publishing and service
Property
Others

10

Approximate 
weighting to the 
market/fair value
of the Group’s 
financial asset at 
FVTPL portfolio
%

29.79
12.25
17.54
34.92
5.50

100.00

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2019, the weightings of the Group’s top five and other investments to the market/fair value of 
the Group’s financial asset at FVTPL portfolio of HK$37,059,000 (together with other information) are as below:

Approximate 
weighting to 
the market/ 
fair value
of the 
Group’s
financial 
asset at
FVTPL 
portfolio
%

Approximate 
weighting to 
the carrying 
amount
of the 
Group’s
total assets at
31 December 
2019
%

* Acquisition 
costs
during 
the year/
carrying 
amount at
1 January
2019
HK$’000

Market/
fair value at
31 December
2019
HK$’000

Accumulated 
unrealised
gain (loss)
recognised 
up to
31 December
2019
HK$’000

Unrealised
gain (loss)
recognised 
during
the year 
ended
31 December 
2019
HK$’000

Dividend 
income 
recognised 
during the 
year ended
31 December
2019
HK$’000

% of 
shareholding
interest
%

Acquisition 
costs
HK$’000

A

B

C

D = C - A

E = C - B

34.92

2.76

0.20

18,278

13,838

12,940

(5,338)

(898)

733

17.54

1.39

0.53

24,976

18,085

6,502

(18,474)

(11,583)

17.31

1.37

0.24

6,197

6,197

6,416

219

219

12.25

0.97

1.13

8,989

10,610

4,541

(4,448)

(6,069)

9.66

0.76

1.49

19,583

9,470

3,581

(16,002)

(5,889)

–

–

–

–

Investee company’s name
and its principal activities#

Emperor International  
Holdings Limited  
(HKEX stock code: 163)
Lease of properties, properties 
development and hotel and hotel 
related operations

FingerTango Inc.  
(HKEX stock code: 6860)
Leading mobile game publisher 
and a pioneer in the simulation 
game publishing industry in 
China

Austar Lifesciences Limited  
(HKEX stock code: 6118)
Technology-based application 
solution provider in the life-
science industry focusing on 
pharmaceutical, biologics, bulk 
pharmaceutical chemical sectors

China E-Information 
Technology Group Limited  
(HKEX stock code: 8055)
Provision of an internet platform 
for the facilitation of education 
program in Chinese medicine 
and other advisory and training 
programs

Life Healthcare Group Limited 
(HKEX stock code: 928)
Healthcare services, money 
lending, apparel retail, 
and securities trading and 
investments

# Investee company’s financial 

performance

# Future prospects of the investee companies

For the six months ended 30 
September 2019, revenue decreased 
by 19% to HK$1,238,031,000 and its 
results experienced a turnaround 
and recorded loss for the period of 
HK$439,866,000 as compared to the 
same period in 2018.

Apart from establishing a solid pipeline in residential 
properties which will provide promising contributions 
in the near to mid-term residential property sales, in 
response to the government’s revitalisation scheme 
for industrial buildings, the investee company is 
proactively identifying potential projects which will 
help create additional value and balance its property 
portfolio in the long run.

For the year ended 31 December 
2019, revenue decreased by 3% 
to RMB1,051,137,000 and profit 
for the year decreased by 75% to 
RMB38,712,000 as compared to 2018.

For the year ended 31 December 
2019, revenue increased by 28% 
to RMB1,049,021,000 and profit for 
the year increased by 61 times to 
RMB7,464,000 as compared to 2018.

The investee company will continue to extend 
its existing game portfolio and broaden its game 
category while focusing on the simulation game 
segment, and will continue to optimise the game 
content, enhance the player experience, boost player 
stickiness and loyalty, and seek synergetic merger 
and acquisition opportunities to accelerate business 
growth with the aim to reinforce its leadership in 
mobile game operation.

The investee company will develop its own business 
development team in Russia and the Commonwealth 
of Independent States countries, will further improve 
its agency management with better alignment 
through identification, qualification and appointment 
of new agents in Asia, Middle East, North Africa and 
South America, and is gradually developing more 
sector-focused sales teams in the PRC and expects 
such sector-focused strategies will bring about 
further growth driving elements.

For the year ended 31 December 
2019, revenue increased by 9% to 
HK$63,124,000 and loss for the year 
increased by 21% to HK$95,583,000 as 
compared to 2018.

The investee company will implement cost-effective 
measures to streamline its operation so as to enhance 
the profitability and value of its e-learning business, 
and will continue to look for opportunities for its 
existing business, particularly in developing both 
vertically and horizontally within its existing medical 
education platform, and expanding further into its 
service network.

For the six months ended 30 
September 2019, revenue decreased 
by 85% to HK$6,810,000 and loss 
for the period decreased by 81% to 
HK$12,454,000 as compared to the 
same period in 2018.

The investee company intends to expand its existing 
sales channel by becoming official genetic testing 
service provider with hospitals and thereby securing 
a stable income stream. The investee company 
will also emphasis on improving its biological 
information analysis system and interpretation of 
clinical medicine system and aim to become a fast 
and accurate provider of a full range of services and 
solutions for medical and healthcare administration.

–

Others

# 

* 

8.32

100.00

0.66

7.91

–

19,826

97,849

6,735

64,935

3,079

37,059

(16,747)

(3,656)

(60,790)

(27,876)

–

202

935

Extracted from published financial information of the investee companies.

The amount represented the costs of the securities acquired during the year ended 31 December 2019 and/or the 
carrying  amount  of  the  securities  brought  forward  from  the  prior  financial  year  after  accounting  for  additional 
acquisition and/or disposal of the securities (if any) during the current financial year.

11

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt instruments at FVTOCI

At  31  December  2019,  the  Group’s  debt  instrument  at  FVTOCI  portfolio  (constituted  by  non-current  and 
current  portions)  of  HK$141,826,000  (2018:  HK$130,330,000)  was  measured  at  market/fair  value.  During  the 
year  under  review,  the  Group’s  debt  instrument  at  FVTOCI  portfolio  generated  total  revenue  amounting 
to  HK$9,316,000  (2018:  HK$9,555,000)  representing  interest  income  from  debt  securities.  According  to  the 
maturity  of  the  debt  instruments,  part  of  the  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  of  HK$18,804,000  was  classified  as 
current assets.

During  the  year  under  review,  the  Group  invested  HK$13,840,000  for  acquiring  debt  securities  issued  by  a 
property company listed on the Stock Exchange.

At  the  year  end,  a  net  fair  value  gain  on  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  amounting  to  HK$9,284,000  was 
recognised  as  other  comprehensive  income  (2018:  net  fair  value  loss  of  HK$13,583,000  recognised  as  other 
comprehensive  expense).  Such  fair  value  gain  on  debt  instruments  held  by  the  Group  was  mainly  a  result  of 
the general reduction in market interest rates during the current year, which caused the market value of debt 
instruments held by the Group to rise.

At 31 December 2019, the Group invested in debt securities issued by an aircraft leasing company and seven 
property companies and their respective weightings to the market/fair value of the Group’s debt instruments 
at FVTOCI portfolio of HK$141,826,000 (together with other information) are as below:

Approximate 
weighting to 
the carrying 
amount of the 
Group’s total 
assets at
31 December 
2019
%

Approximate 
weighting to the 
market/fair value 
of the Group’s 
debt instrument at 
FVTOCI portfolio
%

* Acquisition 
costs during 
the year/
carrying 
amount at
1 January 
2019
HK$’000

Accumulated 
fair value loss 
recognised
up to
31 December 
2019
HK$’000

Fair value gain 
recognised 
during the 
year ended
31 December 
2019
HK$’000

Market/
fair value at
31 December 
2019
HK$’000

Yield to 
maturity on 
acquisition
%

Acquisition 
costs
HK$’000

A

B

C

D = C - A

E = C - B

Category of companies

Debt securities listed in Hong Kong or overseas

Aircraft leasing

Property

10.40

89.60

3.14

4.93

15,444

13,562

14,744

(700)

27.08

5.26 – 12.50

128,084

118,818

127,082

(1,002)

100.00

30.22

143,528

132,380

141,826

(1,702)

1,182

8,264

9,446

* 

The amount represented the costs of the securities acquired during the year ended 31 December 2019 and/or the 
carrying  amount  of  the  securities  brought  forward  from  the  prior  financial  year  after  accounting  for  additional 
acquisition and/or disposal of the securities (if any) during the current financial year.

12

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and Analysis 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The yield to maturity on acquisition of debt securities which were held by the Group at the year end ranging 
from 4.93% to 12.50% per annum.

Overall Results

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  the  Group  reported  a  loss  attributable  to  owners  of  the  Company 
of  HK$138,099,000  (2018:  HK$115,227,000)  that  was  mainly  resulted  from  the  expected  credit  loss  on  loan 
and  interest  receivables  of  HK$61,703,000,  provision  of  impairment  loss  of  property,  plant  and  equipment 
of  the  Argentina  petroleum  operation  of  HK$42,377,000  and  the  net  loss  on  financial  assets  at  FVTPL  of 
HK$32,736,000.

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Liquidity, Financial Resources and Capital Structure

During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Group financed its operation mainly by cash generated from its 
operations  and  shareholders’  funds.  At  the  year  end,  the  Group  had  current  assets  of  HK$312,217,000  (2018: 
HK$435,693,000)  and  liquid  assets  comprising  bank  balances  and  cash  as  well  as  financial  assets  at  FVTPL 
totaling HK$129,459,000 (2018: HK$155,409,000). The Group’s current ratio, calculated based on current assets 
over  current  liabilities  of  HK$25,321,000  (2018:  HK$24,330,000),  was  at  very  liquid  level  of  about  12.3  (2018: 
17.9).

At  31  December  2019,  the  Group’s  net  assets  decreased  by  23%  to  HK$443,896,000  (2018:  HK$575,053,000) 
was  mainly  a  result  of  the  loss  incurred  for  the  year.  The  Group’s  gearing  ratio,  calculated  on  the  basis  of 
total  liabilities  of  HK$25,368,000  (2018:  HK$24,614,000)  divided  by  total  assets  of  HK$469,264,000  (2018: 
HK$599,667,000), was at a very low level of about 5% (2018: 4%). Finance costs represented interest on lease 
liabilities of HK$239,000 for the current year whilst finance cost last year represented the effective interest on 
convertible notes issued in April 2017 (2018: HK$4,992,000).

At 31 December 2019, the equity attributable to owners of the Company amounted to HK$443,896,000 (2018: 
HK$575,053,000)  and  was  equivalent  to  an  amount  of  approximately  HK8.47  cents  (2018:  HK10.97  cents)  per 
share of the Company. The decrease in equity attributable to owners of the Company of HK$131,157,000 was 
mainly a result of the loss incurred by the Group during the year.

With  the  amount  of  liquid  assets  on  hand,  the  management  is  of  the  view  that  the  Group  has  sufficient 
financial resources to meet its ongoing operational requirements.

13

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisForeign Currency Management
The  monetary  assets  and  liabilities  as  well  as  business  transactions  of  the  Group  are  mainly  denominated 
in  HK$,  US$,  RMB  and  ARS.  During  the  year  under  review,  the  Group  had  not  experienced  any  significant 
exchange  rate  exposure  to  US$  as  HK$  and  US$  exchange  rate  is  pegged.  Besides,  the  Group  continuously 
monitors  foreign  exchange  exposure  of  RMB  and  will  consider  a  formal  foreign  currency  hedging  policy  for 
RMB  should  the  needs  arise.  As  for  the  Group’s  petroleum  operations  in  Argentina,  the  oil  selling  proceeds 
are  quoted  at  US$  and  converted  into  ARS  for  settlement  at  official  exchange  rate  on  a  monthly  basis,  and 
a  majority  of  the  investment  and  operating  costs  including  infrastructure  and  equipment,  drilling  costs, 
completion  costs  and  workover  jobs  are  based  on  US$  and  converted  into  ARS  for  payments.  Any  surplus 
funds in ARS are converted into US$ and will be remitted back to Hong Kong. As such, the ARS converted from 
the  US$  denominated  sale  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  Argentinean  operation  are  largely  matched  and 
the devaluation of ARS during the year does not have a significant impact on the foreign currency exposure of 
the operation. The Group currently does not have a formal foreign currency hedging policy for ARS, however, 
the  management  regularly  monitors  the  foreign  exchange  exposure  of  ARS  and  will  undertake  appropriate 
hedging measures should significant exposures arise.

Contingent Liability
At 31 December 2019, the Group had no significant contingent liability (2018: nil).

Pledge of Assets
At 31 December 2019, the Group had no pledged assets (2018: nil).

Capital Commitment
On  8  November  2017,  two  indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  entered  into  a  limited 
partnership  agreement  (the  “Limited  Partnership  Agreement”)  with  two  independent  parties  in  respect 
of,  among  other  matters,  the  establishment  of  a  limited  partnership  (the  “Limited  Partnership”)  and  the 
subscription of interest therein. Pursuant to the Limited Partnership Agreement, the total capital commitment 
to  the  Limited  Partnership  was  RMB120,000,000  in  which  the  Group  had  committed  to  contribute  a  total  of 
RMB61,510,000  to  subscribe  for  an  aggregate  approximately  51.26%  interest  in  the  Limited  Partnership.  The 
intended  purpose  of  the  establishment  of  the  Limited  Partnership  was  to  invest  in  smart  city  and  big  data 
application  projects  in  the  PRC.  Accordingly,  on  31  December  2018,  pursuant  to  the  Limited  Partnership 
Agreement, the Group was committed to contribute a total of RMB61,510,000 to subscribe for the interest in 
the Limited Partnership.

During the year, primarily owing to the continuous trade disputes between the United States and China which 
adversely  affected  general  business  sentiments  in  China,  coupled  with  the  overall  slowdown  of  the  China 
economy, the negotiations on various projects had not finally materialised as their expected returns were not 
as  favourable  as  originally  projected  and  the  Limited  Partnership  Agreement  had  lapsed.  Accordingly,  on  31 
December 2019, the Group had no significant capital commitment.

Event After the Reporting Period
As disclosed in the circular of the Company dated 12 March 2020, the Company intends, through its indirect 
wholly  owned  subsidiary,  to  submit  a  bid  offer  for  the  Bidding  Process.  At  the  reporting  date,  the  Bidding 
Process has not yet commenced.

The  outbreak  of  COVID-19  pandemic  that  is  affecting  many  nations,  the  global  and  local  investment  and 
credit  markets  and  the  international  oil  prices  has  adverse  impact  on  the  Group’s  operations.  The  Directors 
considered  it  is  difficult  to  predict  the  evolution  and  duration  of  the  pandemic  and  that  at  the  reporting 
date,  the  extent  of  its  impact  to  the  Group’s  operations  cannot  be  reliably  quantified  or  estimated.  The 
management  will  continue  to  closely  monitor  the  situation  and  will  take  all  necessary  and  appropriate 
measures to reduce the impact of the pandemic to the Group.

14

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisHUMAN RESOURCES AND REMUNERATION POLICY

At  31  December  2019,  the  Group  had  a  total  49  (2018:  44)  employees  including  directors  of  the  Company 
with 42 (2018: 38) employees in Hong Kong and the PRC and 7 (2018: 6) employees in Argentina. Staff costs, 
including  directors’  emoluments,  amounted  to  HK$16,573,000  for  the  year  (2018:  HK$13,768,000).  The  rise 
in  staff  costs  of  HK$2,805,000  was  mainly  due  to  the  increase  of  the  Group’s  headcounts.  The  remuneration 
packages for directors and staff are normally reviewed annually and are structured by reference to prevailing 
market  terms  and  individual  competence,  performance  and  experience.  The  Group  operates  a  Mandatory 
Provident  Fund  Scheme  for  employees  in  Hong  Kong  and  operates  employees’  pension  schemes  for 
employees in the PRC and Argentina. In addition, the Group provides other employee benefits which include 
medical insurance, share option scheme and discretionary bonus.

PRINCIPAL RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES

The  Group  is  principally  engaged  in  the  business  of  petroleum  exploration  and  production,  money  lending 
and investment in securities. The financial position, operations, businesses and prospects of the Group and its 
individual business segment are affected by the following significant risk and uncertainty factors:

Business Risk

The global economic conditions and the state of international financial and investment markets, including the 
economy, financial and investment markets of the United States, Mainland China and Hong Kong, of which the 
Group has no control, have significant influences on the business and financial performance of the Group. The 
management policy to mitigate this risk is to diversify the Group’s businesses and to diversify its investments 
(where possible) within the same business, as in the case of the Group’s securities investments.

Market Risk

The Group’s money lending business is operating in a very competitive environment that put pressure on the 
revenue  and  profitability  of  this  business.  The  management  policy  to  mitigate  this  risk  is  to  continue  to  put 
effort  in  enlarging  the  market  share  and  enhancing  the  market  competitiveness  of  this  business  by  various 
means.

Environmental Risk

The  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  is  constantly  exposed  to  inherent  risks  such 
as  pollution,  mechanical  breakdown  of  machineries,  adverse  weather  conditions,  earthquake,  fire  or  other 
calamity. Any of these factors may cause disruptions to the Group’s operations. The Group may also be liable 
to pay compensations resulting from the above events which may adversely affect its financial performance.

Financial Risk

The  Group  is  exposed  to  financial  risks  relating  to  interest  rate,  foreign  currency,  securities  price,  credit  and 
liquidity risk in its ordinary course of business. Further details of such risks and relevant management policies 
are set out in Note 38 to the consolidated financial statements.

15

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisCOMPLIANCE WITH THE RELEVANT LAWS AND REGULATIONS

As far as the Board and management are aware, the Group has complied in material respect with the relevant 
laws  and  regulations  that  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  business  and  operation  of  the  Group.  During 
the  year  under  review,  there  was  no  material  breach  of  or  non-compliance  with  the  applicable  laws  and 
regulations by the Group.

RELATIONSHIP WITH EMPLOYEES, CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

The  Group  understands  the  importance  of  maintaining  a  good  relationship  with  its  employees,  customers 
and suppliers to meet its immediate and long-term business goals. During the year ended 31 December 2019, 
there were no significant dispute between the Group and its employees, customers and suppliers.

16

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Management Discussion and AnalysisThe  biographical  details  of  Directors  and  senior  management  at  3  April  2020,  the  date  of  this  annual  report, 
are set out below:

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Mr. Liu Zhiyi (“Mr. Liu”), Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Aged  46,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Executive  Director  in  May  2017  and  was  appointed  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  in  January  2018  and  July  2018  respectively.  Mr.  Liu  is  also  a  director 
of  several  subsidiaries  of  the  Company.  He  holds  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  engineering  from  Beijing  Union 
University  in  the  PRC.  Mr.  Liu  has  extensive  experience  in  the  areas  of  mobile  communications  and 
applications,  internet  system  development,  information  technology  and  investments.  Mr.  Liu  is  deemed  to 
be  a  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company  through  his  interests  in  BJHK  Company  Limited,  a  substantial 
shareholder of the Company, which is wholly owned by Mr. Liu.

Mr. Sue Ka Lok (“Mr. Sue”)

Aged  54,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Executive  Director  and  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  October  2016 
and  stepped  down  from  his  position  as  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  in  January  2018.  Mr.  Sue  is  a  member 
of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  He  is  also  a  director  of  certain  subsidiaries  of  the  Company. 
Mr.  Sue  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Economics  degree  from  The  University  of  Sydney  in  Australia  and  a  Master 
of  Science  in  Finance  degree  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong.  Mr.  Sue  is  a  fellow  of  the  Hong 
Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants,  a  certified  practising  accountant  of  the  CPA  Australia, 
a  fellow  of  the  Hong  Kong  Securities  and  Investment  Institute,  and  a  Chartered  Secretary,  a  Chartered 
Governance  Professional  and  a  fellow  of  both  The  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Chartered  Secretaries  and 
The  Chartered  Governance  Institute  (formerly  known  as  The  Institute  of  Chartered  Secretaries  and 
Administrators).  He  has  extensive  experience  in  corporate  management,  finance,  accounting  and 
company  secretarial  practice.  Mr.  Sue  is  an  executive  director  and  the  chief  executive  officer  of  China 
Strategic  Holdings  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  235);  an  executive  director  of  PT  International  Development 
Corporation  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  372)  and  PYI  Corporation  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  498);  a  
non-executive  director  of  Birmingham  Sports  Holdings  Limited  (“Birmingham  Sports”)  (HKEX  stock  code: 
2309);  and  a  non-executive  director  and  the  chairman  of  Courage  Investment  Group  Limited  (“Courage 
Investment”) (HKEX stock code: 1145). All the aforementioned companies are listed on the Main Board of the 
Stock  Exchange  and  with  Courage  Investment  is  also  listed  on  the  Singapore  Exchange  Securities  Trading 
Limited.

Mr. Yiu Chun Kong (“Mr. Yiu”)

Aged  35,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Executive  Director  in  October  2016.  Mr.  Yiu  is  also  a  director  of  certain 
subsidiaries  of  the  Company.  He  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  in  Accountancy  degree  from 
The  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University.  Mr.  Yiu  is  a  certified  public  accountant  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute 
of  Certified  Public  Accountants.  He  has  rich  experience  in  auditing,  accounting  and  finance.  Mr.  Yiu  is  an 
executive director of Birmingham Sports.

17

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementEXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (continued)

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen (“Mr. Chan”)

Aged  39,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Executive  Director  in  October  2016  and  was  appointed  the  Company 
Secretary  in  November  2017.  Mr.  Chan  is  a  member  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  He  is  also  a 
director  of  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  Mr.  Chan  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  (Honours)  in 
Accountancy  degree  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong  and  a  Master  of  Financial  Analysis  degree  from 
The University of New South Wales in Australia. Mr. Chan is a CFA charterholder, a fellow of the Association of 
Chartered  Certified  Accountants,  a  certified  public  accountant  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public 
Accountants  and  a  certified  practising  accountant  of  the  CPA  Australia.  He  has  rich  experience  in  auditing, 
accounting, finance and compliance.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul (“Mr. Suen”)

Aged  59,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Executive  Director  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  in  October  2016.  Mr. 
Suen stepped down from his position as the Chairman of the Board and was re-designated as a Non-executive 
Director  in  July  2018.  Mr.  Suen  holds  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  the  University  of 
South  Australia.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  strategic  planning  and  corporate  management  of  business 
enterprises  in  Hong  Kong  and  the  PRC.  Mr.  Suen  is  deemed  to  be  a  substantial  shareholder  of  the  Company 
through his interests in Billion Expo International Limited, a substantial shareholder of the Company, which is 
ultimately wholly owned by Mr. Suen.

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

Mr. Pun Chi Ping (“Mr. Pun”)

Aged  53,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  in  October  2016.  Mr.  Pun  is  the 
Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Nomination 
Committee.  He  holds  a  Master  of  Science  in  Finance  degree  from  the  City  University  of  Hong  Kong  and  a 
Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Accountancy  degree  from  the  City  Polytechnic  of  Hong  Kong  (now  known  as  the  City 
University  of  Hong  Kong).  Mr.  Pun  is  a  fellow  of  the  Association  of  Chartered  Certified  Accountants  and  an 
associate of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He has extensive experience in corporate 
finance, accounting and auditing. Mr. Pun is an independent non-executive director of Birmingham Sports and 
Huajun International Group Limited (HKEX stock code: 377) and the financial controller of Poly Property Group 
Co.,  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  119).  All  the  aforementioned  companies  are  listed  on  the  Main  Board  of  the 
Stock Exchange.

18

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementINDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS (continued)

Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine (“Ms. Leung”)

Aged  50,  joined  the  Company  as  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director  in  October  2016.  Ms.  Leung  is 
the  Chairlady  of  the  Nomination  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Remuneration 
Committee.  She  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  The  Chinese  University  of  Hong 
Kong.  Ms.  Leung  has  extensive  experience  in  banking  and  financial  services  industries  and  had  worked  at 
several  international  financial  institutions  including  Citibank,  N.A.  Hong  Kong,  Bank  of  America,  Industrial 
and  Commercial  Bank  of  China  (Asia)  Limited  and  Fubon  Bank  (Hong  Kong)  Limited.  She  is  an  independent  
non-executive director of Birmingham Sports.

Mr. Kwong Tin Lap (“Mr. Kwong”)

Aged 55, joined the Company as an Independent Non-executive Director in December 2018. Mr. Kwong is the 
Chairman  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee,  a  member  of  the  Audit  Committee,  the  Remuneration 
Committee  and  the  Nomination  Committee.  He  holds  a  Professional  Diploma  in  Accountancy  from  the 
Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  (now  known  as  The  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University)  and  a  Master  of  Science 
in  Information  Systems  degree  from  The  Hong  Kong  Polytechnic  University.  Mr.  Kwong  is  a  Certified 
Public  Accountants  (Practising)  in  Hong  Kong,  an  associate  of  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public 
Accountants and a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. He has extensive experience 
in accounting, finance, auditing and corporate management. Mr. Kwong had been a director of certain Hong 
Kong listed companies and is currently a director of CCTH CPA Limited.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Mr. Pak Ka Kei (“Mr. Pak”), Financial Controller

Aged  49,  joined  the  Company  as  Financial  Controller  in  November  2009.  Mr.  Pak  graduated  from  the  City 
University  of  Hong  Kong  with  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Accounting  degree.  Mr.  Pak  has  extensive  experience  in 
the fields of audit, internal control, accountancy, taxation and treasury. Prior to joining the Company, he had 
worked for Ernst & Young, an international accounting firm, and TCL Multimedia Technology Holdings Limited 
(now known as TCL Electronics Holdings Limited) in its finance department in Hong Kong, emerging markets 
and Europe as deputy internal control director and deputy financial controller.

19

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementSENIOR MANAGEMENT (continued)

Mr. Quiroga Daniel Federico (“Mr. Quiroga”), General Manager, Argentina

Aged  55,  joined  the  Company  as  the  Operation  Manager  of  the  Group’s  Argentina  operation  in  December 
2010 and was appointed as General Manager of the Argentina operation in late 2012. Mr. Quiroga oversees the 
Company’s  oil  projects  in  Argentina.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  operations,  exploration  and  production 
management of oil field projects in Argentina and Mexico. Mr. Quiroga had been employed by Tecpetrol S.A. 
since  1991  and  the  last  position  held  by  Mr.  Quiroga  in  2000  was  the  head  of  secondary  recovery  division. 
During his work in Tecpetrol S.A., Mr. Quiroga was appointed as operation engineer, production manager, field 
operation manager and had gained experiences in operations, production management for various oil fields in 
Argentina. During 2002 to 2006, Mr. Quiroga was the operation superintendent and field manager who was in 
charge of field operations in oil fields located in Neuquina Basin and S.J. Gulf Basin, Argentina for Pioneer NRA 
S.A.. After that, Mr. Quiroga also worked for Apache Corp Argentina and Petrolera El Trebol. Before joining the 
Company, Mr. Quiroga had worked for Weatherford Regional Mexico as the operation coordinator. He was in 
charge of field operations for oil field in Mexico. Mr. Quiroga graduated from the National University of Cuyo 
in  Mendoza  Province,  Argentina  majoring  in  Petroleum  Engineer  in  1991.  Mr.  Quiroga  was  a  postgraduate  in 
Business & Finance at National University of Cuyo in Mendoza Province, Argentina.

20

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Biographical Details of Directors and Senior ManagementThe  Directors  are  pleased  to  present  their  report  and  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the 
Company for the year ended 31 December 2019.

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES AND BUSINESS REVIEW

The Company acts as an investment holding company. The principal activities of its principal subsidiaries are 
set out in Note 39 to the consolidated financial statements.

Further  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  Group’s  activities  as  required  by  Schedule  5  to  the  Hong  Kong 
Companies  Ordinance,  including  a  discussion  of  the  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  facing  the  Group, 
particulars  of  important  events  affecting  the  Group  that  have  occurred  since  the  end  of  the  financial  year 
and  an  indication  of  likely  future  developments  in  the  Group’s  businesses,  can  be  found  in  the  “Chairman’s 
Statement”  and  “Management  Discussion  and  Analysis”  sections  set  out  on  pages  4  to  16  of  this  annual 
report.  In  addition,  discussions  on  the  Group’s  environmental  policies  and  performance  are  contained  in  the 
Environmental, Social and Governance Report on pages 41 to 56 of this annual report.

RESULTS

The  results  of  the  Group  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  are  set  out  in  the  consolidated  statement  of 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income on page 62.

FINAL DIVIDEND

The Board does not recommend the payment of a final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 (2018: 
nil).

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

A  summary  of  the  published  results  and  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group  for  the  last  five  financial  years,  as 
extracted  from  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company,  is  set  out  on  page  152.  The 
summary does not form part of the audited consolidated financial statements.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Details of movement in the property, plant and equipment of the Group during the year are set out in Note 18 
to the consolidated financial statements.

SHARE CAPITAL AND SHARE OPTIONS

Details of movements in the Company’s share capital and share options during the year are set out in Notes 30 
and 31 to the consolidated financial statements, respectively.

21

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the DirectorsPRE-EMPTIVE RIGHTS

There is no provision for pre-emptive rights under the Company’s Bye-laws or the applicable laws of Bermuda 
which would oblige the Company to offer new shares on a pro-rata basis to existing shareholders.

PURCHASE, SALE OR REDEMPTION OF THE COMPANY’S LISTED SECURITIES

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  neither  the  Company  nor  any  of  its  subsidiaries  had  purchased, 
sold or redeemed any of the Company’s listed securities.

RESERVES

Details of movements in the reserves of the Company and of the Group during the year are set out in Note 41 
to the consolidated financial statements and in the consolidated statement of changes in equity, respectively.

DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

At 31 December 2019, the Company had no reserve available for distribution as computed in accordance with 
the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda. The Company’s share premium account, in the amount of approximately 
HK$918,270,000, may be distributed in the form of fully paid bonus shares.

MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

During  the  year,  revenue  from  the  Group’s  five  largest  customers/sources  accounted  for  approximately  62% 
of  the  total  revenue  for  the  year  and  revenue  from  the  largest  customer  accounted  for  approximately  40%. 
Purchases from the Group’s five largest suppliers accounted for 100% of the total purchases for the year and 
purchases from the largest supplier accounted for 100%.

None  of  the  directors  or  any  of  their  associates  or  any  shareholders  (which,  to  the  best  knowledge  of  the 
directors,  own  more  than  5%  of  the  Company’s  issued  shares)  had  any  beneficial  interest  in  the  Group’s  five 
largest customers or suppliers during the year.

22

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the DirectorsDIRECTORS

The directors of the Company during the year and up to the date of this report were:

Executive Directors:

Mr. Liu Zhiyi
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Non-executive Director:

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul

Independent Non-executive Directors:

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap
Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond (passed away on 28 August 2019)

In  accordance  with  bye-law  100(A)  of  the  Company’s  Bye-laws,  Mr.  Yiu  Chun  Kong,  Mr.  Suen  Cho  Hung,  Paul 
and  Ms.  Leung  Pik  Har,  Christine  will  retire  by  rotation  at  the  forthcoming  annual  general  meeting  of  the 
Company  (the  “2020  AGM”).  Mr.  Suen  Cho  Hung,  Paul  will  not  offer  himself  for  re-election  and  will  therefore 
retire at the 2020 AGM whereas Mr. Yiu Chun Kong and Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine, being eligible, will offer 
themselves for re-election at the 2020 AGM.

PERMITTED INDEMNITY PROVISION

Pursuant to the Company’s Bye-laws, subject to the statutes, the directors for the time being of the Company 
shall  be  indemnified  and  secured  harmless  out  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  from  and  against  all  actions, 
costs,  charges,  losses,  damages  and  expenses  which  they  or  any  of  them,  shall  or  may  incur  or  sustain  by 
reason  of  any  act  done,  concurred  in  or  omitted  in  or  about  the  execution  of  their  duty  or  supposed  duty 
in  their  respective  offices  or  trusts  or  otherwise  in  relation  thereto  except  through  their  own  wilful  neglect 
or  default,  fraud  and  dishonesty.  The  Company  has  arranged  appropriate  directors’  and  officers’  liability 
insurance coverage for the directors and other officers of the Company during the year.

DIRECTORS’ SERVICE CONTRACTS

None  of  the  directors  being  proposed  for  re-election  at  the  2020  AGM  has  a  service  contract  with  the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not determinable by the Group within one year without payment 
of compensation, other than statutory compensation.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

Details of the directors’ remuneration are set out in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

23

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the DirectorsDIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN TRANSACTIONS, ARRANGEMENTS OR CONTRACTS

Save  for  the  related  party  transactions  as  disclosed  in  Note  36  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  no 
other transactions, arrangements or contracts of significance to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries 
was  a  party  and  in  which  a  Director  or  an  entity  connected  with  a  Director  has  or  had  a  material  interest, 
whether directly or indirectly, subsisted at the end of the year or at any time during the year.

DIRECTORS’  INTERESTS  AND  SHORT  POSITIONS  IN  SHARES,  UNDERLYING  SHARES  AND 
DEBENTURES

At  31  December  2019,  the  interests  and  short  positions  of  the  directors  and  chief  executive  of  the  Company 
in  the  shares,  underlying  shares  and  debentures  of  the  Company  or  its  associated  corporations  (within  the 
meaning of Part XV of the SFO) as recorded in the register required to be kept by the Company under section 
352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to the Model Code, 
were as follows:

Long positions in the shares and underlying shares of the Company:

Name of Directors

Capacity and 
nature of interest

Number of 
shares held

Number of 
underlying 
shares held

Total 
Interests

Approximate 
percentage 
of the 
Company’s 
issued share 
capital
(Note (i))

Mr. Liu Zhiyi  
(“Mr. Liu”)

Interests of controlled 

corporation

999,505,000 
(Note (ii))

–

–

–

Beneficial owner

–

43,500,000 
(Note (iv))

1,043,005,000

19.903%

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, 
Paul (“Mr. Suen”)

Interests of controlled 

corporation

862,085,620 
(Note (iii))

–

862,085,620

16.451%

Mr. Sue Ka Lok

Beneficial owner

Mr. Yiu Chun Kong

Beneficial owner

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Beneficial owner

Mr. Pun Chi Ping

Beneficial owner

Ms. Leung Pik Har, 

Beneficial owner

Christine

–

–

–

–

–

22,800,000 
(Note (iv))

600,000 
(Note (iv))

900,000 
(Note (iv))

300,000 
(Note (iv))

300,000 
(Note (iv))

22,800,000

0.435%

600,000

0.011%

900,000

0.017%

300,000

0.006%

300,000

0.006%

24

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the Directors 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’  INTERESTS  AND  SHORT  POSITIONS  IN  SHARES,  UNDERLYING  SHARES  AND 
DEBENTURES (continued)

Notes:

(i) 

The  approximate  percentage  of  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  was  calculated  on  the  basis  of  5,240,344,044 

shares of the Company in issue at 31 December 2019.

(ii) 

These  interests  were  held  by  BJHK  Company  Limited  (“BJHK”),  which  was  wholly  owned  by  Mr.  Liu.  Mr.  Liu  was 

the sole director of BJHK. Accordingly, Mr. Liu was deemed to be interested in 999,505,000 shares of the Company 

under the SFO.

(iii) 

These  interests  were  held  by  Billion  Expo  International  Limited  (“Billion  Expo”),  which  was  a  wholly  owned 

subsidiary  of  Premier  United  Group  Limited  (“Premier  United”)  which  in  turn  was  wholly  owned  by  Mr.  Suen.  Mr. 

Suen was the sole director of Billion Expo and Premier United. Accordingly, Mr. Suen was deemed to be interested 

in 862,085,620 shares of the Company under the SFO.

(iv) 

This represented the interest of the underlying shares issuable under the share options granted by the Company on 

4 May 2017 pursuant  to the share  option scheme adopted by the shareholders of  the  Company  on  22 June  2016. 

The consideration paid by the director on acceptance of the share options granted was HK$1.00. The exercise price 

of  the  share  options  granted  is  HK$0.53  per  share  and  the  exercisable  period  is  from  4  May  2017  to  3  May  2020 

(both dates inclusive).

Save as disclosed above, at 31 December 2019, none of the directors or chief executive of the Company had 
registered  an  interest  or  short  positions  in  the  shares,  underlying  shares  and  debentures  of  the  Company  or 
any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) that was required to be recorded 
pursuant to section 352 of the SFO, or as otherwise notified to the Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant 
to the Model Code.

DIRECTORS’ RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE SHARES OR DEBENTURES

Save as disclosed in the section headed “Directors’ Interests and Short Positions in Shares, Underlying Shares 
and Debentures” above and in the “Share Option Scheme” disclosure in Note 31 to the consolidated financial 
statements, at no time during the year was the Company or any of its subsidiaries a party to any arrangements 
to  enable  the  directors  of  the  Company  to  acquire  benefits  by  means  of  the  acquisition  of  shares  in,  or 
debentures of, the Company or any other body corporate, and none of the directors of the Company or their 
spouse or minor children had any rights to subscribe for the securities of the Company, or had exercised any 
such rights during the year.

SHARE OPTION SCHEME

Details  of  the  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company  are  set  out  in  Note  31  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.

25

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the DirectorsINTERESTS AND SHORT POSITIONS OF SHAREHOLDERS DISCLOSEABLE UNDER THE SFO

At  31  December  2019,  the  following  interests  of  more  than  5%  of  the  issued  share  capital  of  the  Company 
were recorded in the register of interests required to be kept by the Company pursuant to section 336 of the 
SFO.

Long positions in the shares and underlying shares of the Company:

Name of 
shareholders

Capacity and 
nature of interest

Number of 
shares held

Number of 
underlying 
shares held

Total 
interests

Approximate 
percentage 
of the 
Company’s 
issued share 
capital
(Note (i))

Mr. Liu

Interests of controlled 

corporation

999,505,000 
(Note (ii))

–

–

–

Beneficial owner

–

43,500,000 
(Note (iv))

1,043,005,000

19.903% 

BJHK

Beneficial owner

Mr. Suen

Interests of controlled 

corporation

Premier United

Interests of controlled 

corporation

Billion Expo

Beneficial owner

999,505,000 
(Note (ii))

862,085,620 
(Note (iii))

862,085,620 
(Note (iii))

862,085,620 
(Note (iii))

China Shipbuilding  
Capital Limited

Beneficial owner

700,170,000

China Create Capital 

Beneficial owner

357,705,000

Limited

–

–

–

–

–

–

999,505,000 
(Note (ii))

19.073%

862,085,620

16.451%

862,085,620

16.451%

862,085,620

16.451%

700,170,000

13.361%

357,705,000

6.826%

26

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the Directors 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTERESTS  AND  SHORT  POSITIONS  OF  SHAREHOLDERS  DISCLOSEABLE  UNDER  THE  SFO 
(continued)

Notes:

(i) 

The  approximate  percentage  of  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  was  calculated  on  the  basis  of  5,240,344,044 

shares of the Company in issue at 31 December 2019.

(ii) 

These  interests  were  held  by  BJHK,  which  was  wholly  owned  by  Mr.  Liu.  Mr.  Liu  was  the  sole  director  of  BJHK. 

Accordingly, Mr. Liu was deemed to be interested in 999,505,000 shares of the Company under the SFO.

(iii) 

These  interests  were  held  by  Billion  Expo,  which  was  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Premier  United  which  in  turn 

was wholly owned by Mr. Suen. Mr. Suen was the sole director of Billion Expo and Premier United. Accordingly, Mr. 

Suen was deemed to be interested in 862,085,620 shares of the Company under the SFO.

(iv) 

This represented the interest of the underlying shares issuable under the share options granted by the Company on 

4 May 2017 pursuant  to the share  option scheme adopted by the shareholders of  the  Company  on  22 June  2016. 

The consideration paid by the director on acceptance of the share options granted was HK$1.00. The exercise price 

of  the  share  options  granted  is  HK$0.53  per  share  and  the  exercisable  period  is  from  4  May  2017  to  3  May  2020 

(both dates inclusive).

The interests of Mr. Liu and BJHK in 999,505,000 shares of the Company referred to in Note (ii) above related to 
the same parcel of shares.

The interests of Mr. Suen, Premier United and Billion Expo in 862,085,620 shares of the Company referred to in 
Note (iii) above related to the same parcel of shares.

Save as disclosed above, the Company had not been notified of any other relevant interests or short positions 
in the shares and underlying shares of the Company at 31 December 2019 as required pursuant to section 336 
of the SFO.

CONNECTED TRANSACTIONS

The related party transactions as disclosed in Note 36 to the consolidated financial statements fall under the 
scope of “Connected Transactions” or “Continuing Connected Transactions” under Chapter 14A of the Listing 
Rules but are exempted from reporting, annual review, announcement or independent shareholders’ approval 
requirements.

27

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the DirectorsREMUNERATION POLICY

The  Group  remunerates  its  employees  based  on  their  competence,  performance,  experience  and  prevailing 
market  terms.  Other  employee  benefits  include  provident  fund  scheme,  medical  insurance,  share  option 
scheme as well as discretionary bonus.

EQUITY-LINKED AGREEMENTS

Save  for  the  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company  as  disclosed  in  Note  31  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, no equity-linked agreements were entered into by the Group, or existed during the year.

MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

No  contract  concerning  the  management  and  administration  of  the  whole  or  any  substantial  part  of  any 
business of the Company was entered into or existed during the year.

SUFFICIENCY OF PUBLIC FLOAT

Based on information that is publicly available to the Company and within the knowledge of the Directors, at 
least 25% of the Company’s total issued shares is held by the public at the date of this report.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  have 
been  reviewed  by  the  Audit  Committee  and  duly  approved  by  the  Board  under  the  recommendation  of  the 
Audit Committee.

AUDITOR

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  have  been 
audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

A resolution will be proposed at the 2020 AGM to re-appoint Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu as the auditor of the 
Company.

On behalf of the Board

Liu Zhiyi
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Hong Kong, 3 April 2020

28

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Report of the DirectorsThe  Company  has  recognised  the  importance  of  transparency  and  accountability,  and  believes  that 
shareholders  can  benefit  from  good  corporate  governance.  The  Company  aims  to  achieve  good  standard  of 
corporate governance.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The  Company  has  complied  with  all  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Code  (the  “CG 
Code”)  as  set  out  in  Appendix  14  to  the  Listing  Rules  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  except  for  the 
following deviations with reasons as explained:

Chairman and chief executive

Code Provision A.2.1

Code Provision A.2.1 of the CG Code requires the roles of the chairman and chief executive should be separate 
and should not be performed by the same individual.

Deviation

There has been a deviation from Code Provision A.2.1 during the year ended 31 December 2019 due to Mr. Liu 
Zhiyi,  an  Executive  Director  of  the  Company,  has  served  both  roles  of  the  chairman  and  the  chief  executive 
officer.  The  Board  believes  that  vesting  the  roles  of  chairman  and  chief  executive  officer  in  the  same  person 
provides the Company with strong and consistent leadership in the development and execution of long-term 
business strategy.

Effective communication

Code Provision E.1.2

Code  Provision  E.1.2  of  the  CG  Code  stipulates  that  the  chairman  of  the  board  should  attend  the  annual 
general meeting.

Deviation

The  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Mr.  Liu  Zhiyi,  was  unable  to  attend  the  annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company 
held  on  21  June  2019  (the  “2019  AGM”)  as  he  had  other  important  business  engagement.  However,  Mr.  Sue 
Ka Lok, an Executive Director of the Company, had chaired the meeting in accordance with bye-law 70 of the 
Company’s Bye-laws.

DIRECTORS’ SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

The  Company  has  adopted  the  Model  Code  as  its  own  code  of  conduct  regarding  securities  transactions  by 
directors  of  the  Company.  Having  made  specific  enquiry  with  the  directors,  all  of  them  confirmed  that  they 
have  complied  with  the  required  standards  set  out  in  the  Model  Code  during  the  year  ended  31  December 
2019.

29

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportBOARD OF DIRECTORS

The  Board  formulates  overall  strategy  of  the  Group,  monitors  its  financial  performance  and  maintains 
effective  oversight  over  the  management.  The  Board  members  are  fully  committed  to  their  roles  and  have 
acted  in  good  faith  to  maximise  the  shareholders’  value  in  the  long  run,  and  have  aligned  the  Group’s  goals 
and  directions  with  the  prevailing  economic  and  market  conditions.  Daily  operations  and  administration  are 
delegated to the management.

The  Board  met  regularly  throughout  the  year  to  discuss  the  overall  strategy  as  well  as  the  operation  and 
financial performance of the Group. The directors are kept informed on timely basis of major changes that may 
affect  the  Group’s  businesses,  including  relevant  rules  and  regulations.  The  directors  can,  upon  reasonable 
request, seek independent professional advice in appropriate circumstances, at the Company’s expenses. The 
Board shall resolve to provide separate appropriate independent professional advice to the directors to assist 
the relevant directors to discharge their duties.

At  3  April  2020,  the  date  of  this  annual  report,  the  Board  comprises  eight  directors,  four  are  Executive 
Directors,  namely  Mr.  Liu  Zhiyi  (“Mr.  Liu”)  (Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer),  Mr.  Sue  Ka  Lok  (“Mr.  Sue”), 
Mr.  Yiu  Chun  Kong  (“Mr.  Yiu”)  and  Mr.  Chan  Shui  Yuen,  one  is  Non-executive  Director,  namely  Mr.  Suen  Cho 
Hung,  Paul  (“Mr.  Suen”),  and  three  are  Independent  Non-executive  Directors,  namely  Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping  (“Mr. 
Pun”), Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine (“Ms. Leung”) and Mr. Kwong Tin Lap. The directors are considered to have 
a  balance  of  skill  and  experience  appropriate  for  the  requirements  of  the  businesses  of  the  Company.  The 
Company has received from each of the independent non-executive directors an annual confirmation of his/
her  independence  pursuant  to  Rule  3.13  of  the  Listing  Rules.  The  Company  considers  all  the  independent 
non-executive  directors  are  independent  in  accordance  with  the  independence  guidelines  set  out  in  the 
Listing Rules. Biographical details of the directors are set out under the section headed “Biographical Details of 
Directors and Senior Management” on pages 17 to 20 of this annual report.

Mr.  Suen  is  the  controlling  shareholder  of  Birmingham  Sports  Holdings  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  2309) 
of  which  Mr.  Sue  is  a  non-executive  director,  Mr.  Yiu  is  an  executive  director,  and  Mr.  Pun  and  Ms.  Leung 
are  independent  non-executive  directors.  Mr.  Suen  is  a  shareholder  of  China  Strategic  Holdings  Limited 
(HKEX  stock  code:  235)  of  which  Mr.  Sue  is  an  executive  director  and  the  chief  executive  officer.  Mr.  Suen  is 
a  substantial  shareholder  of  Courage  Investment  Group  Limited  (HKEX  stock  code:  1145)  of  which  Mr.  Sue 
is  a  non-executive  director  and  the  chairman.  Mr.  Suen  is  the  substantial  shareholder  of  PT  International 
Development Corporation Limited (HKEX stock code: 372)  of which Mr. Sue  is an  executive director.  Save for 
the aforesaid, there is no other financial, business, family or other material/relevant relationship between Mr. 
Liu, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, and among members of the Board.

30

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportBOARD OF DIRECTORS (continued)

The  Company  will  provide  a  comprehensive,  formal  and  tailored  induction  to  each  newly  appointed 
director  on  his/her  first  appointment  in  order  to  enable  him/her  to  have  an  appropriate  understanding  of 
the  businesses  and  operations  of  the  Company  and  that  he/she  is  fully  aware  of  his/her  responsibilities  and 
obligations under the Listing Rules and relevant regulatory requirements.

All  directors  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  continuous  professional  development  to  develop  and  refresh 
their  knowledge  and  skills.  The  directors  are  continually  updated  on  developments  in  the  statutory  and 
regulatory  regime  and  the  business  environment  to  facilitate  the  discharge  of  their  responsibilities.  The 
Company  has  provided  timely  technical  updates,  including  the  briefing  on  the  amendments  on  the  Listing 
Rules  and  the  news  releases  published  by  the  Stock  Exchange  to  the  directors.  Continuing  briefings  and 
professional development for directors are arranged where necessary.

The  Directors  have  participated  in  continuous  professional  development  by  attending  seminars,  in-house 
briefings and reading materials on the related areas to develop and refresh their knowledge and skills. During 
the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  all  the  Directors  (including  Mr.  Liu  Zhiyi  (Chairman  and  Chief  Executive 
Officer), Mr. Sue Ka Lok, Mr. Yiu Chun Kong, Mr. Chan Shui Yuen, Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul, Mr. Pun Chi Ping, 
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine and Mr. Kwong Tin Lap) have complied with Code Provision A.6.5 of the CG Code 
and have provided the Company with their respective training records pursuant to the CG Code.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  four  regular  Board  meetings  and  2019  AGM  were  held  and  the 
attendance of each director is set out as follows:

Number of attendance

Board Meetings

2019 AGM

Executive Directors
Mr. Liu Zhiyi
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Non-executive Director
Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul

Independent Non-executive Directors
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap
Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond (passed away on 28 August 2019)

4/4
4/4
4/4
4/4

4/4

4/4
4/4
4/4
1/2

0/1
1/1
1/1
1/1

0/1

0/1
0/1
0/1
0/1

31

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE

Code Provision A.2.1 of the CG Code requires the roles of the chairman and chief executive should be separate 
and should not be performed by the same individual. The Company has deviated from the requirement during 
the year ended 31 December 2019. Mr. Liu Zhiyi, an Executive Director of the Company, has served both roles 
of  the  chairman  and  the  chief  executive  officer.  Although  this  arrangement  constitutes  a  deviation  from  the 
CG  Code,  the  Board  considers  that  the  management  structure  of  the  Company,  where  the  leadership  of  the 
Board  is  distinct  from  the  executive  responsibilities  for  running  of  the  business  operations,  will  not  impair 
the  balance  of  power  and  authority  between  the  Board  and  the  management  of  the  business,  the  Board 
further  believes  that  vesting  the  roles  of  chairman  and  chief  executive  officer  in  the  same  person  provides 
the Company with strong and consistent leadership in the development and execution of long-term business 
strategy.

TERM OF APPOINTMENT OF NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

According  to  the  CG  Code,  the  non-executive  directors  should  be  appointed  for  a  specific  term  and  subject 
to  re-election.  All  the  Non-executive  Directors  (including  the  Independent  Non-executive  Directors)  are 
appointed  for  a  term  of  twelve-month  period  which  automatically  renews  for  successive  twelve-month 
periods  unless  terminated  by  either  party  in  writing  prior  to  the  expiry  of  the  term.  All  the  Non-executive 
Directors (including the Independent Non-executive Directors) are also subject to retirement by rotation and 
re-election at least once every three years at the annual general meetings of the Company in accordance with 
the Company’s Bye-laws.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The Remuneration Committee has specific written terms of reference that is in compliance with the CG Code. 
At the date of this annual report, the Remuneration Committee comprises three Independent Non-executive 
Directors, namely Mr. Pun Chi Ping, Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine and Mr. Kwong Tin Lap. Mr. Pun Chi Ping is the 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

The  Remuneration  Committee  is  mainly  responsible  for  formulating  the  remuneration  policy,  reviewing 
and  recommending  to  the  Board  the  annual  remuneration  policy  and  the  remuneration  of  the  directors. 
The  overriding  objective  of  the  remuneration  policy  is  to  ensure  that  the  Group  is  able  to  attract,  retain  and 
motivate  a  high-caliber  team  which  is  essential  to  the  success  of  the  Group.  The  full  terms  of  reference  are 
available on the Company’s website and the Stock Exchange’s website.

32

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportREMUNERATION COMMITTEE (continued)

The Remuneration Committee met once during the year ended 31 December 2019 to review the remuneration 
packages for directors. The attendance of each member is set out as follows:

Members

Number of attendance

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap
Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond (passed away on 28 August 2019)

NOMINATION COMMITTEE

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/1

The  Nomination  Committee  has  specific  written  terms  of  reference  that  is  in  compliance  with  the  CG  Code. 
At  the  date  of  this  annual  report,  the  Nomination  Committee  comprises  three  Independent  Non-executive 
Directors,  namely  Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping,  Ms.  Leung  Pik  Har,  Christine  and  Mr.  Kwong  Tin  Lap.  Ms.  Leung  Pik  Har, 
Christine is the Chairlady of the Nomination Committee.

The  Nomination  Committee  is  mainly  responsible  for  identifying  potential  directors  and  making 
recommendations to the Board on the appointment or re-appointment of directors of the Company. Potential 
new  directors  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  their  qualifications,  skills  and  experience  that  he/she  could  add 
value to the management through his/her contributions in the relevant strategic business areas. The full terms 
of reference are available on the Company’s website and the Stock Exchange’s website.

The Nomination Committee met twice during the year ended 31 December 2019 to review the independence 
of independent non-executive directors, review the structure, size and composition of the Board; and review 
and make recommendations to the Board on the re-election of directors and the appointment of Chairman of 
the Audit Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. The attendance of each member is set out as 
follows:

Members

Number of attendance

Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap
Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond (passed away on 28 August 2019)

2/2
2/2
2/2
0/1

33

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance Report 
 
 
 
BOARD DIVERSITY POLICY

The  Company  recognises  the  benefits  of  having  a  diverse  Board  to  enhance  the  quality  of  its  performance 
and has adopted the board diversity policy of the Company (the “Board Diversity Policy”). The Board Diversity 
Policy sets out that in determining the optimum composition of the Board, differences in skills, regional and 
industry  experience,  background,  race,  gender  and  other  qualities  of  directors  shall  be  considered.  All  Board 
appointments  are  made  on  merits,  in  the  context  of  skills  and  experience  the  Board  as  a  whole  requires, 
with  due  regard  for  the  benefits  of  diversity  on  the  Board,  and  the  Nomination  Committee  shall  review  and 
assess  the  Board  composition  and  its  effectiveness  on  an  annual  basis.  When  there  is  vacancy  on  Board,  the 
Nomination Committee will recommend suitable candidates for appointment to the Board on merits, based on 
the terms of reference of the Nomination Committee, with due regard to the Company’s own circumstances.

NOMINATION POLICY

The  Board  has  adopted  a  nomination  policy  (the  “Nomination  Policy”)  setting  out  the  principles  which 
guide  the  Nomination  Committee  to  identify  and  evaluate  a  candidate  for  nomination  to  (i)  the  Board  for 
appointment; and (ii) the Shareholders for election as a director of the Company. According to the Nomination 
Policy,  in  assessing  the  suitability  of  a  proposed  candidate,  the  Board  shall  take  into  account  among  other 
things,  the  following  factors:  (i)  qualifications,  professional  experience,  skills  and  knowledge  relevant  to  the 
businesses  of  the  Group;  (ii)  commitment  in  respect  of  available  time  and  relevant  interest;  (iii)  diversity 
perspectives  as  set  out  in  the  Board  Diversity  Policy;  (iv)  in  case  of  independent  non-executive  directors, 
regulatory  requirement  for  appointment  of  independent  non-executive  directors  and  the  independence 
criteria as set out in the Listing Rules; and (v) any other factors that the Board considers appropriate.

For  filling  a  casual  vacancy  or  as  an  addition  to  the  existing  Board,  the  Nomination  Committee  shall  make 
recommendations for the Board’s consideration and approval. For proposing candidates to stand for election 
at  a  general  meeting,  the  Nomination  Committee  shall  make  nominations  to  the  Board  for  its  consideration 
and recommendation. On making recommendation, the Nomination Committee may submit to the Board for 
consideration a proposal comprising, inter alia, the personal profile of the proposed candidate, which contains 
at  least  the  candidate’s  information  required  to  be  disclosed  under  Rule  13.51  of  the  Listing  Rules.  The 
Board  shall  be  vested  with  power  to  make  the  final  decision  on  all  matters  relating  to  the  recommendation 
of  candidates  (i)  for  appointment;  and  (ii)  for  standing  for  election  at  a  general  meeting  as  a  director  of  the 
Company.

The Nomination Committee will review the Board Diversity Policy and the Nomination Policy from time to time 
to ensure that the polices will be implemented effectively.

34

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportAUDITOR AND AUDITOR’S REMUNERATION

The  statement  of  the  external  auditor  of  the  Company  about  their  responsibilities  on  the  Company’s 
consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  is  set  out  in  the  “Independent 
Auditor’s Report” on pages 57 to 61 of this annual report.

For  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  remuneration  payable  to  the  Company’s  auditor,  Deloitte  Touche 
Tohmatsu,  for  the  provision  of  audit  services  was  HK$2,400,000.  During  the  year,  HK$255,000  was  paid  as 
remuneration to Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu for the provision of non-audit related services.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The  Audit  Committee  has  specific  written  terms  of  reference  that  is  in  compliance  with  the  CG  Code.  At 
the  date  of  this  annual  report,  the  Audit  Committee  comprises  three  Independent  Non-executive  Directors, 
namely Mr. Pun Chi Ping, Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine and Mr. Kwong Tin Lap, who among themselves possess 
a wealth of management experience in the accounting profession and in commercial fields. Mr. Pun Chi Ping is 
the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

The  Audit  Committee  is  mainly  responsible  for  reviewing  financial  statements  of  the  Company,  discussing 
the  risk  management  and  internal  control  of  the  Group  and  meeting  with  the  auditor  of  the  Company.  Any 
findings and recommendations of the Audit Committee will be submitted to the Board for consideration.

The Audit Committee is authorised by the Board to investigate any activity within its terms of reference. It is 
authorised to seek any information it requires from any employee. It is also authorised to obtain outside legal 
or other independent professional advice and to secure the attendance of outsiders with relevant experience 
and expertise if it considers necessary. The full terms of reference are available on the Company’s website and 
the Stock Exchange’s website.

The  Audit  Committee  met  twice  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  and  the  attendance  of  each 
member is set out as follows:

Members

Number of attendance

Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap
Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond (passed away on 28 August 2019)

2/2
2/2
2/2
1/1

35

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance Report 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE (continued)

The following is a summary of work performed by the Audit Committee during the year:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

reviewed  and  discussed  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  for  the  year 
ended 31 December 2018 and recommended to the Board for approval;

reviewed  and  discussed  the  unaudited  condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company 
for the six months ended 30 June 2019 and recommended to the Board for approval;

reviewed and discussed with the management and the auditor of the Company the accounting policies 
and practices which may affect the Group and the scope of the audit;

reviewed report from the auditor of the Company regarding their audit on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018;

reviewed the effectiveness of the risk management and internal control systems of the Group; and

reviewed and approved the remuneration and the terms of engagement of the Company’s auditor; and 
reviewed and made recommendations to the Board on the re-appointment of the Company’s auditor.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

The  Board  has  delegated  the  corporate  governance  duties  to  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee.  The 
Corporate  Governance  Committee  has  specific  written  terms  of  reference  that  includes  the  corporate 
governance functions as set out in the CG Code. At the date of this annual report, the Corporate Governance 
Committee comprises three members, including two Executive Directors, namely Mr. Sue Ka Lok and Mr. Chan 
Shui Yuen, and one Independent Non-executive Director, namely Mr. Kwong Tin Lap. Mr. Kwong Tin Lap is the 
Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee.

The  main  responsibilities  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Committee  are  (i)  to  develop  and  review  the  Group’s 
policies  and  practices  on  corporate  governance  and  make  recommendations  to  the  Board;  (ii)  to  review  and 
monitor  the  training  and  continuous  professional  development  of  directors  and  senior  management;  (iii)  to 
review and monitor the Group’s policies and practices on compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; 
(iv) to develop, review and monitor the code of conduct and compliance manual applicable to the employees 
and  directors  of  the  Group;  and  (v)  to  review  the  Group’s  compliance  with  the  CG  Code  and  disclosure 
requirements in the Corporate Governance Report. The full terms of reference are available on the Company’s 
website and the Stock Exchange’s website.

36

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportCORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE (continued)

The  Corporate  Governance  Committee  met  once  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2019  to  review  the 
training and continuous professional development of directors; and the Group’s compliance with the CG Code. 
The attendance of each member is set out as follows:

Members

Number of attendance

Mr. Kwong Tin Lap
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen
Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond (passed away on 28 August 2019)

1/1
1/1
1/1
0/1

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  Directors  acknowledge  their  responsibility  for  preparing  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  31 
December 2019, which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the Group at that 
date and of the Group’s results and cash flows for the year then ended and are properly prepared on the going 
concern basis in accordance with the statutory requirements and applicable accounting standards.

RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL

The  Board  acknowledges  its  responsibility  for  the  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  and 
reviewing  their  effectiveness.  The  systems  are  designed  to  identifying,  analysing,  evaluating  and  mitigating 
risk exposures that may impact the continued efficiency and effectiveness of the operation of the Group. The 
goal of the risk management and internal control mechanism is to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
fulfilment of corporate development strategies and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or 
loss.

Effective  risk  management  is  essential  in  the  long-term  growth  and  sustainability  of  the  Group’s  businesses. 
The Board monitors the risk management and internal control systems on an ongoing basis. It has evaluated 
and  determined  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  risks  it  is  willing  to  take  in  achieving  the  strategic  objectives. 
An  annual  review  of  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  has  been 
conducted. The annual review ensured the adequacy of resources, staff qualifications and experience, training 
programmes and budget of the Group’s accounting, internal audit and financial reporting functions.

The  process  used  to  identify,  evaluate  and  manage  the  significant  risks  of  the  Group  is  embedded  in  the 
Group’s  normal  business  operations.  Organisational  structure  is  well  established  with  clearly  defined 
authorities  and  responsibilities,  and  the  Group  has  developed  various  risk  management  and  internal  control 
policies  and  procedures  for  each  business  unit  to  follow.  Business  units  are  responsible  for  identifying, 
assessing  and  monitoring  risks  associated  with  their  respective  units  regularly.  The  results  of  assessment  are 
reported to the management which subsequently assesses the likelihood of risk occurrence, provides remedial 
plan  and  monitors  the  progress  of  rectification  with  the  assistance  of  the  head  of  the  business  units.  The 
results  and  effectiveness  of  the  Group’s  risk  management  and  internal  controls  have  been  reported  to  the 
Audit Committee.

37

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance Report 
 
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL (continued)

Guidelines  are  provided  to  the  directors,  officers,  management  and  relevant  staff  in  handling  and 
disseminating sensitive and confidential inside information with due care. Only personnel at appropriate level 
can get reach of the sensitive and confidential inside information.

The  Group  does  not  have  an  internal  audit  function  due  to  the  size  of  the  Group  and  consideration  for  cost 
effectiveness.  Instead,  the  Company  had  engaged  an  external  consultant  to  conduct  review  on  the  Group’s 
risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  to  identify  and  evaluate  significant  risks  of  the  business 
operations. The Board believes that the involvement of the external consultant could enhance the objectivity 
and transparency of evaluation process. The external consultant had conducted an annual review to identify 
risks that potentially impact the businesses of the Group, key operational and financial processes, regulatory 
compliance  and  information  security,  and  assess  the  adequacy  and  effectiveness  of  the  systems  for  the  year 
ended  31  December  2019.  The  review  covered  all  material  controls,  including  financial,  operational  and 
compliance controls. After the review, a report of findings and recommendations for improvement in relation 
to the systems has been provided to the Audit Committee and the management. The internal audit report has 
been endorsed by the Audit Committee and the management is required to establish remedial plans and take 
required  actions  to  rectify  those  internal  control  deficiencies  identified  (which  are  all  at  low  to  medium  risk 
level) according to the respective risk level and priorities. Subsequent review will be performed by the external 
consultant to monitor the implementation of those agreed recommendations and to report the results of the 
follow-up review to the Audit Committee.

The Board is not aware of any significant internal control and risk management weaknesses or inconsistencies 
with  risk  management  policies,  and  considers  the  existing  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems 
effective and adequate for the year ended 31 December 2019. The Company has complied with the relevant 
code provisions of the CG Code relating to risk management and internal control.

COMPANY SECRETARY

Mr.  Chan  Shui  Yuen  (“Mr.  Chan”),  an  Executive  Director  of  the  Company,  was  appointed  the  Company 
Secretary  on  10  November  2017.  The  biographical  details  of  Mr.  Chan  are  set  out  under  the  section  headed 
“Biographical Details of Directors and Senior Management” on pages 17 to 20 of this annual report. Mr. Chan 
has taken no less than 15 hours of the relevant professional training during the year ended 31 December 2019.

38

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportSHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

Procedures for shareholders to convene a special general meeting

In  accordance  with  bye-law  64  of  the  Company’s  Bye-laws,  the  Board  may,  whenever  it  thinks  fit,  convene 
a  special  general  meeting,  and  special  general  meetings  shall  also  be  convened  on  requisition,  as  provided 
by  the  Companies  Act  1981  of  Bermuda  (the  “Companies  Act”)  and  in  default,  may  be  convened  by  the 
requisitionists. Pursuant to the Companies Act, shareholders holding at the date of deposit of the requisition 
not less than one-tenth of the paid up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings 
of the Company shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the Board or the Company Secretary 
of  the  Company,  to  require  a  special  general  meeting  to  be  called  by  the  Board  for  the  transaction  of  any 
business  specified  in  such  requisition.  If  the  Board  does  not  within  twenty-one  days  from  the  date  of  the 
deposit of the requisition proceed duly to convene a meeting, the requisitionists, or any of them representing 
more  than  one  half  of  the  total  voting  rights  of  all  of  them,  may  themselves  convene  a  meeting,  but  any 
meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months from the said date in accordance 
with the provisions of Section 74(3) of the Companies Act.

Procedures for shareholders to put forward proposals at general meetings

Pursuant to the Companies Act, any number of shareholders representing not less than one-twentieth of the 
total voting rights of all the shareholders having at the date of the requisition a right to vote at the meeting to 
which the requisition relates; or not less than one hundred shareholders, can request the Company in writing 
to:

(a) 

(b) 

give  to  shareholders  of  the  Company  entitled  to  receive  notice  of  the  next  annual  general  meeting 
notice  of  any  resolution  which  may  properly  be  moved  and  is  intended  to  be  moved  at  that  meeting; 
and

circulate to shareholders of the Company entitled to have notice of any general meeting send to them 
any  statement  of  not  more  than  one  thousand  words  with  respect  to  the  matter  referred  to  in  any 
proposed resolution or the business to be dealt with at that meeting.

The  requisition  must  be  deposited  to  the  Company  not  less  than  six  weeks  before  the  meeting  in  case  of  a 
requisition requiring notice of a resolution or not less than one week before the meeting in case of any other 
requisition.

39

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportSHAREHOLDER RIGHTS (continued)

Procedures for shareholders to propose a person for election as a director of the Company

According to bye-law 104 of the Company’s Bye-laws, no person other than a director retiring at the general 
meeting  of  the  Company  shall,  unless  recommended  by  the  directors  for  election,  be  eligible  for  election  as 
a  director  at  any  general  meeting  of  the  Company  unless  a  notice  signed  by  a  shareholder  of  the  Company 
(other  than  the  person  to  be  proposed)  duly  qualified  to  attend  and  vote  at  the  general  meeting  of  the 
Company  for  which  such  notice  is  given  of  his/her  intention  to  propose  such  person  for  election  and  also  a 
notice signed by the person to be proposed of his/her willingness to be elected shall have been lodged at the 
Company’s principal place of business in Hong Kong or at the Company’s branch share registrar and transfer 
office  in  Hong  Kong,  Tricor  Tengis  Limited  provided  that  the  minimum  length  of  the  period,  during  which 
such notice(s) are given, shall be at least seven days and that the period for lodgement of such notice(s) shall 
commence  no  earlier  than  the  day  after  the  despatch  of  the  notice  of  the  general  meeting  and  end  no  later 
than seven days prior to the date of such general meeting.

Procedures for directing shareholders’ enquiries to the Board

Shareholders  may  at  any  time  send  their  enquiries  and  concerns  in  writing  to  the  Company  Secretary  of 
the  Company  at  the  Company’s  principal  place  of  business  in  Hong  Kong  at  Room  3203,  32nd  Floor,  China 
Resources Building, 26 Harbour Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong.

INVESTOR RELATIONS

The  Company  has  established  a  range  of  communication  channels  between  itself  and  its  shareholders, 
investors and other stakeholders. These include the annual general meetings, the annual and interim reports, 
notices, announcements and circulars and the Company’s website at www.epiholdings.com.

DIVIDEND POLICY

According  to  the  dividend  policy  adopted  by  the  Company,  in  deciding  whether  to  propose  a  dividend  and 
in  determining  the  dividend  amount,  the  Board  shall  take  into  account  among  other  things,  the  following 
factors:  (i)  the  actual  and  expected  financial  performance  of  the  Group;  (ii)  the  retained  earnings  and 
distributable  reserves  of  the  Group;  (iii)  the  expected  working  capital  requirements  and  future  expansion 
plans; (iv) liquidity position; and (v) any other factors that the Board deems appropriate. The declaration and 
payment  of  dividends  by  the  Company  shall  be  determined  at  the  sole  and  absolute  discretion  of  the  Board 
and  is  also  subject  to  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws  and  regulations  including  the  Companies  Act  and 
the Company’s Bye-laws.

40

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Corporate Governance ReportOVERVIEW

The  Board  of  EPI  (Holdings)  Limited  is  pleased  to  present  this  Environmental,  Social  and  Governance 
(the  “ESG”)  report  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  “Group”  or  “we”  or 
“our”)  which  summarises  the  efforts  and  achievements  made  by  the  Group  in  corporate  responsibility  and 
sustainable development.

The Board is responsible for the Group’s ESG strategy and reporting, evaluating and determining the Group’s 
ESG-related  risks,  and  ensuring  that  appropriate  and  effective  ESG  risk  management  and  internal  control 
systems  are  in  place.  In  order  to  determine  the  ESG  reporting  scopes,  the  key  management  personnel 
has  discussed  internally  and  identified  the  environmental,  social  and  operating  items,  and  assessed  their 
importance to the stakeholders and the Group. The summary of material ESG items are listed out in this report.

REPORT SCOPE AND BOUNDARIES

This report has been prepared in accordance with the Environmental, Social and Governance Reporting Guide 
and  complied  under  the  “comply  or  explain”  provision  as  set  out  in  Appendix  27  to  the  Listing  Rules.  With 
regard to corporate governance aspect, please refer to the Corporate Governance Report on pages 29 to 40 of 
this  annual  report.  This  ESG  report  mainly  covers  the  petroleum  exploration  and  production,  money  lending 
and investment in securities businesses of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2019.

A. 

STAKEHOLDERS’ ENGAGEMENT

The  Group  is  committed  to  maintaining  the  sustainable  development  of  its  business  and  providing 
support  to  environmental  protection  and  the  community  in  which  it  operates.  The  Group  maintains 
a  close  tie  with  its  stakeholders,  including  government/regulatory  organisations,  shareholders/
investors,  employees,  customers,  suppliers,  community  etc.  and  strives  to  balance  their  opinions  and 
interests  through  constructive  communications  in  order  to  determine  the  directions  of  its  sustainable 
development.  The  Group  assesses  and  determines  its  environmental,  social  and  governance  risks,  and 
ensures  that  the  relevant  risk  management  and  internal  control  systems  are  operating  properly  and 
effectively.

41

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportThe following table contains the main expectations and concerns of the key stakeholders, as identified 
by the Group, and the corresponding management response:

Stakeholders

Expectations and Concerns

Management Response

Government/
regulatory 
organisations

   Compliance in laws and 

   Uphold integrity and compliance in 

regulations

operations

   Fulfill tax obligation

   Pay tax on time in return contributing to the 

Shareholders/
investors

   Return on investment

  

Information 
transparency

   Corporate governance 

system

society

   Establish comprehensive and effective 

internal control system

   Management possesses experience and 
professional knowledge in business 
sustainability

   Ensure transparency and efficient 

communications published in websites of the 
Stock Exchange and the Company

   Continuous improvement to the internal 

control system and focus on risk management

Employees

	Labour rights

   Set up contractual obligations to protect 

   Career development

   Compensation and 

welfare

   Health and workplace 

safety

Customers

   High quality products 
and customer services

labour rights

   Encourage employees to participate in 
continuous education and professional 
trainings to enhance competency

   Establish fair, reasonable and competitive 

remuneration scheme

   Pay attention to occupational health and 

workplace safety

   Provide high quality products and services 
continuously in order to maintain customer 
satisfaction

   Ensure proper contractual obligations are in 

place

Suppliers

  

Integrity

   Ensure proper contractual obligations are in 

   Corporate reputation

place

   Establish policy and procedures in supply 

chain management

   Select suppliers with due care

Community

   Environmental 
protection

   Community 
contribution

   Pay attention to climate change

   Encourage employees to actively participate 
in charitable activities and voluntary services

   Ensure good and stable financial performance 

   Economic development

and business growth

42

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportB.  MATERIALITY MATRIX

During the reporting period, the Group has evaluated a number of environmental, social and operating 
items,  and  assessed  their  importance  to  stakeholders  and  the  Group  through  various  channels.  This 
assessment  helps  to  ensure  that  the  Group’s  business  objectives  and  development  direction  are  in 
line  with  the  stakeholders’  expectations  and  requirements.  The  Group’s  and  stakeholders’  matters  of 
concern are presented in the following materiality matrix:

   Anti-discrimination 

   Talent management

Materiality Matrix

   Staff training 

and promotion 
opportunity

   Customers’ 
satisfaction

   Product and customer 

service quality

   Staff compensation 

   Suppliers 

and welfare

management

   Occupational health 
and workplace safety

   Anti-corruption 
measures

   Operational 
compliance

   Air and greenhouse 
gas emissions

   Energy conservation 

measures

   Client’s privacy 

measures and 
protection

measures

  

Labour rights 
protection

h
g
H

i

o
t
e
c
n
a
t
r
o
p
m

I

s
r
e
d

l

o
h
e
k
a
t
S

m    Community 
contribution

u

i

d
e
M

w
o
L

   Product safety

   Preventive measures 
for child and forced 
labour

   Water resources 
utilisation

   Generation of 

non-hazardous 
wastes

Low

Medium

High

Importance to the Group

   Environmental

   Employee

   Operation

43

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
C. 

ENVIRONMENTAL

The  Group  has  commenced  its  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  since  the  end  of  2009. 
During the reporting period, the Group continued to engage in petroleum exploration and production 
in  the  Chañares  Herrados  area  (the  “CHE  Concession”)  in  the  Cuyana  Basin,  Mendoza  Province  of 
Argentina. Chañares Energía S.A. (formerly known as Chañares Herrados Empresa de Trabajos Petroleros 
S.A.) (“Chañares”) is the concessionaire of the CHE Concession (the “Concessionaire”). According to the 
agreements  signed  between  the  Group  and  Chañares,  the  Group  has  the  right  to  drill  new  wells  and 
perform  workover  on  its  existing  oil  wells.  Chañares  also  acts  as  the  operator  of  the  CHE  Concession. 
Once the Group completes drilling a well which is ready for production, Chañares will check to confirm 
the conditions and be responsible for the crude oil production and field operation.

As  the  Concessionaire  and  operator  of  the  CHE  Concession,  Chañares  is  responsible  to  comply  with 
rules  and  regulations  relating  to  environmental  protection,  labour,  hydrocarbon  and  oil  industry  in 
Argentina.

Currently,  crude  oil  after  processing  is  delivered  to  the  collection  point  and  sold  to  our  customer,  YPF 
S.A. (a state-owned petroleum company). Chañares has been handling the above sales process for the 
Group and charging the Group for handling fees.

Our  daily  works  in  the  oil  field  mainly  include  monitoring  and  controlling  the  production  process 
performed by Chañares, and recording the quantity and quality of crude oil produced and sold.

During  the  reporting  period,  the  daily  production  and  sales  processes  of  the  Group’s  petroleum 
exploration  and  production  operation  were  handled  by  Chañares,  and  the  Group  had  not  drilled  any 
new  well  and  performed  any  workover  on  existing  wells  during  the  period.  Accordingly,  the  Group 
did  not  directly  produce  any  air  emissions  and  hazardous  wastes,  and  had  not  directly  caused  any 
significant impact on the environment where the oil field operates.

Environmental protection issues relating to the Group’s other operations are analysed below:

Emissions and Energy Consumption

The Group has always been committed to assessing and reporting its carbon footprint to the public. As 
the  Group’s  other  operations  mainly  operate  in  an  office  setting,  the  major  environmental  impact  are 
greenhouse  gas  and  air  emissions  generated  by  electricity,  natural  gas  and  fuel  consumption  of  office 
vehicles.  The  Group’s  operating  initiatives  are  to  reduce  the  emission  of  carbon  dioxide  generated  in 
its  business  activities.  Therefore,  the  Group  focuses  on  carrying  out  various  energy  saving  measures 
to  minimise  the  impact  on  the  environment  resulted  from  emissions.  During  the  reporting  period,  the 
Group produced 64.58 Carbon Dioxide Equivalent (“COe”) tonnes of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emission, 
including  30.53  COe  tonnes  of  Scope  1  GHG  emissions  and  34.05  COe  tonnes  of  Scope  2  GHG 
emissions.

44

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmissions and Energy Consumption (continued)

The greenhouse gas emission from the operation has been calculated and measured as follows:

2019

2018
(Note)

Scope 1 – Direct Emission

Consumption

Carbon 
Dioxide 
Equivalent 
Emission 
(in tonne)

Consumption

Gasoline and diesel

10,198 Liters

30.53

5,916 Liters

Intensity (per employee)

208 Liters

0.62

134 Liters

2019

2018

Scope 2 – Indirect Emission

Consumption

Electricity
Natural gas

35,702 kWh
2,943,744 Liters

Intensity (per employee):
Electricity
Natural gas

729 kWh
60,076 Liters

Carbon 
Dioxide
 Equivalent 
Emission
 (in tonne)

27.07
6.98

34.05

0.55
0.14

0.69

Consumption

21,390 kWh
2,402,930 Liters

486 kWh
54,612 Liters

Carbon 
Dioxide 
Equivalent 
Emission 
(in tonne)

16.52

0.38

Carbon 
Dioxide 
Equivalent 
Emission 
(in tonne)

13.35
5.33

18.68

0.30
0.12

0.42

Note:  During the year, the Group has optimised the calculation method of scope 1 greenhouse gas emission, and 

the data for the year ended 31 December 2018 were restated accordingly.

45

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Emissions and Energy Consumption (continued)

Fuel Consumption

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Nitrogen  Oxides  (“NOx”),  Sulphur  Oxides  (“SOx”)  and  Particulate 
Matter  (“PM”)  emitted  by  vehicles  used  by  the  Group  accounted  for  18.34  kilograms,  0.15  kilograms, 
1.61  kilograms  respectively,  compared  to  27.19  kilograms  (Note),  0.09  kilograms  (Note),  2.48  kilograms 
(Note)  in  2018.  As  the  NOx  and  PM  emission  factors  of  private  cars  are  less  than  that  of  light  goods 
vehicles, the Group’s business expansion into the PRC resulted in the increase in the proportion of use 
of private cars, and the emission of NOx and PM thereby decreased accordingly despite the increase in 
fuel consumption. Besides, the increase in the overall COe from fuel consumption was in line with the 
increase in fuel consumption.

Natural Gas Consumption

The  operation  in  Argentina  mainly  uses  natural  gas  for  heating.  To  minimise  gas  consumption,  the 
Group reminds its employees to turn off the heater after work; conducts regular inspection and carries 
out corrective repairs and maintenance to the equipment and pipelines to enhance thermal efficiency 
of natural gas. In 2019, the natural gas consumption was 2,943,744 liters. The relatively cold winter this 
year  led  to  an  increase  of  22.51%  in  natural  gas  consumption  when  compared  to  2018,  and  the  COe 
emission thereby increased accordingly.

Energy Conservation Initiatives

The  Group  encourages  its  employees  to  change  their  habit  of  using  electrical  appliances;  and 
introduced  control  measures  include  switching  off  lightings,  air-conditioners,  computers,  personal 
electronic  devices  and  office  equipment  after  work  and/or  when  they  are  idle;  and  turned  on  power 
saving  mode.  The  Group  also  focuses  on  keeping  all  electronic  appliances  well-maintained  so  as  to 
extend the life of the equipment. Nonetheless, due to the expansion of business in the PRC, the Group 
consumed  electricity  of  35,702  kWh  during  the  reporting  period,  representing  an  increase  of  66.91% 
when  compared  to  the  consumption  in  2018,  and  also  led  to  the  increase  in  COe  emission.  Besides, 
the Group has established policies relating to business vehicles such as restricting their use, eliminating 
excessive fuel consumption, and regular vehicle inspection and maintenance.

Water Consumption

The Group does not face any water supply problem as it is provided by municipal to the office building; 
and  regularly  orders  drinking  water  from  external  supplier  to  eliminate  use  of  electricity  in  running  a 
water  supply  system.  Although  the  Group  does  not  have  full  controls  over  water  supply,  it  recognises 
the  scarcity  of  resources  the  environment  could  offer  and  always  encourages  its  staff  members  to 
cherish  water  usage,  such  as  putting  up  “save  water”  sign  in  the  prominent  places  in  the  pantry  and 
toilets as a reminder. The amount of water consumption was 149.02 tonnes in 2019, as compared to 259 
tonnes in previous year. The Group fixed the isolated incident of water leakage related to the operation 
in  Argentina  last  year  and  paid  attention  to  the  water  pipes  maintenance  which  led  to  the  reduced 
water consumption this year.

Note:  During the year, the Group has optimised the calculation method of air emissions, and the data for the year 

ended 31 December 2018 were restated accordingly.

46

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportWaste Reduction
The  Group  does  not  generate  any  hazardous  waste.  Waste  management  mainly  involves  recycling 
waste  papers  and  collection  of  domestic  wastes.  During  the  reporting  period,  the  Group’s  business 
consumed 0.91 tonne of paper, representing an increase of 24.66% from the consumption of 0.73 tonne 
in  2018.  The  increase  in  paper  consumption  was  mainly  due  to  the  Group’s  review  and  assessment 
of  an  oil  field  bidding  process  during  the  year.  In  addition  to  our  energy  conservation  practices,  the 
Group has introduced measures to reduce wastes production. The Group encourages its employees to 
read documents in electronic format, to consider the environment before printing, to despatch memos 
and  announcements  via  emails,  to  preview  document  layout,  to  print  documents  on  both  sides  of  the 
papers, and to use recycled papers for financial reports printing and promoting “green office” concepts 
in  the  office.  Clearly  labelled  recycling  bins  are  provided  to  collect  waste  papers,  plastic  bottles,  ink 
cartridges,  etc.  The  Group  also  encourages  its  employees  to  reduce  use  of  non-recyclable  materials  to 
minimise the adverse impact on the environment.

The Environment and Natural Resources
Other  than  the  Group’s  petroleum  exploration  and  production  operation  in  Argentina,  the  Group’s 
other  operations  do  not  have  significant  impact  on  the  environment  and  natural  resources.  The 
Company  encourages  staff  to  adopt  environmentally  responsible  behaviour  and  raise  awareness  of 
environmental protection. As mentioned in the above sections, the Company has implemented various 
measures to reduce energy consumption, protect water resources and reduce waste.

Compliance
During  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  did  not  involve  in  any  non-compliance  incidents  relating  to 
environmental  protection.  In  addition,  the  Group  did  not  involve  in  any  non-compliance  in  relation  to 
air  and  greenhouse  gas  emissions,  discharge  into  water  and  land,  and  generation  of  hazardous  and 
non-hazardous waste.

D. 

SOCIAL

Connecting  with  the  right  people,  building  social  capital  and  relationships,  showing  appreciation  to 
staff members, vendors and customers who keep the business running are the cornerstones of business 
success.

Employment and Labour Practices
Employment

Our  employees  are  critical  for  our  operations.  We  always  view  employees  as  core  asset  of  the 
Group  for  establishing  the  foundation  of  success  and  long-term  development.  When  we  formulate 
human  resources  strategies,  we  devote  to  create  an  equitable,  non-discriminatory  and  safe  working 
environment.  We  strive  to  build  a  harmonious  working  environment  for  our  employees  based  on 
mutual  respect,  trust,  impartiality,  transparency  and  truthfulness,  dynamism  and  teamwork  to 
encourage  creativity,  flexibility  and  commitment  to  accomplish  our  corporate  mission.  We  provide 
equal  opportunities  to  employees  to  capture,  promote  and  retain  talents  and  promote  personal  and 
professional  growth  by  offering  them  attractive  and  commensurate  remuneration  packages  and 
providing  various  career  development  training.  Ongoing  education  and  training  in  relation  to,  among 
others,  ethical  conduct,  roles  and  responsibilities,  and  technological  and  market  development  are 
very  important  to  the  Group,  as  are  performance  feedback  and  appraisals  from  direct  manager  and 
competitive  compensation  packages  to  hire  competent  staff.  Besides,  we  strictly  comply  with  the 
relevant laws and regulations.

47

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmployment and Labour Practices (continued)

Employment (continued)

The  Group  always  follows  the  principles  of  fairness,  equality,  competitiveness  and  non-discrimination 
to  hire  outstanding  talents,  and  devotes  to  protect  human  right  and  privacy  of  employees.  We  select 
the  best  qualified  candidates  by  considering  various  criteria  such  as  education  background,  relevant 
working  experiences,  demonstrated  knowledge,  competencies  and  skills,  desirable  personal  traits, 
physical fitness and development potential.

The Group gives equal opportunity for employment to all individuals, regardless of their race, religion, 
colour, nationality, age, marital status, gender, sexual orientation, or disability. This fair treatment policy 
applies  to  all  phases  of  the  employment  relationships,  including  but  not  limited  to  hiring,  promotion, 
dismissal,  personal  development  opportunities  and  determining  wages  and  benefits.  Diversity  is  the 
strength  of  the  Group.  Every  employee  must  respect  the  people  and  cultures  with  whom  or  in  which 
they work. As an organisation, we seek diversity at all levels and expect a work environment in which all 
employees  can  develop  and  contribute  to  their  full  potential.  We  hope  to  achieve  a  win-win  situation 
through joint development of employees and the Group.

Workforce

The  composition  of  the  Group’s  employees  is  analysed  by  gender,  employment  type,  age  group  and 
geographical region as follows:

(i) 

Percentage of Employees by Gender

2019

2018

45%

55%

45%

55%

Male

Female

Male

Female

Note:  The analysis for Percentage of Employees by Gender was based on full-time employees.

48

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmployment and Labour Practices (continued)

Workforce (continued)

(ii) 

Percentage of Employees by Employment Type

2019

2%

2018

2%

98%

98%

Full-time

Part-time

Full-time

Part-time

(iii)  Percentage of Employees by Age Group

2019

2018

16%

29%

26%

29%

15%

28%

30%

27%

20-30

31-40

41-50

>50

20-30

31-40

41-50

>50

Note:  The analysis for Percentage of Employees by Age Group was based on full-time employees.

49

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmployment and Labour Practices (continued)

Workforce (continued)

(iv)  Percentage of Employees by Geographical Region

2019

14%

2018

14%

31%

55%

25%

61%

Hong Kong

The PRC

Argentina

Hong Kong

The PRC

Argentina

Note:  The analysis for Percentage of Employees by Geographical Region was based on full-time employees.

There is no significant difference between the two years in respect of the above employee composition 
analysis.

Working Hours, Promotion, Termination, Compensation and Other Benefits

At 31 December 2019, the Group had 49 (2018: 44) employees in total; 27 (2018: 27) in Hong Kong, 15 
(2018:  11)  in  the  PRC  and  7  (2018:  6)  in  Argentina.  During  the  reporting  period,  13  employees  left  the 
Group, all of them were compensated in accordance with the applicable local labour and employment 
laws  and  regulations.  There  were  4  employees  left  in  2018.  The  employee  turnover  rate  for  2019  is 
about 26.5% (2018: 9.1%), the increase in turnover rate when compared to last year was mainly caused 
by employee’s pursuit of jobs with higher salary or better career development and employee’s personal 
issues which mainly related to employees of the PRC operation.

To  retain  quality  staff,  we  establish  competitive  remuneration  scheme  and  regularly  evaluate  their 
salary levels to make sure that their remuneration packages are competitive. Though the remuneration 
scheme  varies  in  different  nations  where  we  operate,  we  strive  to  build  a  fair,  reasonable  and 
competitive  remuneration  scheme.  Staff  salaries  are  determined  based  on  their  knowledge,  skills, 
experiences  and  education  background  relevant  to  the  job  requirements.  Basic  remuneration  of  staff 
includes fixed salary, bonuses and paid holidays etc. We operate retirement plans (pension schemes for 
employees  in  the  PRC  and  Argentina  and  Mandatory  Provident  Fund  Scheme  for  employees  in  Hong 
Kong) for employees in compliance with the local law requirements.

50

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmployment and Labour Practices (continued)

Working Hours, Promotion, Termination, Compensation and Other Benefits (continued)

In  addition  to  national  mandatory  holidays,  employees  are  entitled  to  annual  leave,  compensated 
leave  and  other  compassionate  leave.  Those  employees  who  have  demonstrable  experience  in  the  oil 
industry are entitled to additional holidays under the laws in Argentina.

All  staff  are  expected  to  discharge  their  job  responsibilities  within  reasonable  work  hours.  In  general, 
we  implement  five-day  work  system  with  40  working  hours  per  week.  We  dismiss  employees  and 
compensate  them  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  laws  and  regulations.  Staff  consent  for  working 
overtime  is  needed  so  as  to  prevent  forced  overtime  work;  and  they  are  compensated  in  accordance 
with the requirement of the local laws and regulations.

Additional  allowances  that  are  also  available  to  the  employees  include  meal  allowance,  overseas 
travelling  allowance  and  education  subsidy.  Education  subsidy  includes  courses/modules/seminars 
that  are  directly  relevant  to  the  job  and  organised  by  reputable  institutions,  and  membership  fee  to 
professional  institutions  which  are  relevant  to  the  job.  In  order  to  improve  employee  satisfaction, 
to  enhance  the  cohesion  between  employees  and  help  them  to  build  up  sense  of  belongings,  the 
Group continues to optimise the annual performance appraisal, remuneration, recognition and reward 
process, to improve the work environment and organise various recreational activities.

Health and Safety

The  Group  always  puts  health  and  safety  of  its  employees  as  its  first  priority,  and  injury  prevention  is 
especially  important  as  part  of  our  management  practices.  The  Group  will  not  compromise  health  or 
safety  in  the  workplace  for  production  or  profit.  It  is  the  goal  of  each  location  to  have  and  maintain  a 
safe  workplace.  Health  and  safety  policies  and  procedures  are  published  for  all  our  plants,  offices  and 
work  sites.  All  employees  must  perform  their  duties  following  the  published  health  and  safety  rules, 
and  must  promptly  report  any  concerns,  safety  violations  or  incidents.  Work  performance  within  the 
operation fields are checked to verify that it is executed safely so as to minimise incidents and potential 
risks.

The Group established strict risk assessment and management policies and procedures to identify and 
minimise  potential  hazard  that  might  lead  to  injury,  illness  or  human  loss  by  providing  staff  training 
and planning in advance for the coordinated action in case of emergency. The policies and procedures 
provide  clear  and  identified  guidelines  for  staff  to  identify  and  assess  risks,  delineate  procedures  for 
handling  situations  involving  security  and  safety  of  workers  and  facilities,  carefully  plan  for  business 
operations  (including  tools  required  for  eliminating  or  controlling  risks)  and  promote  good  working 
atmosphere.  The  Group  aims  to  maintain  and  practice  the  highest  standards  in  terms  of  preventing 
incidents  and  potential  accidents  by  developing  specific  procedures,  as  well  as  identify,  assess  and 
minimise risks by scheduling operations performed in the work field.

51

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmployment and Labour Practices (continued)

Health and Safety (continued)

We  provide  on-the-job  technical  training  regularly,  arrange  safety  assessment  and  organise  
team-building activities to promote job safety. This is to ensure that our employees are equipped with 
the required knowledge and skills to fulfill their job duties and able to meet the safety standards.

The Group also has insurance policies in place that are in compliance with the Employment Ordinance 
and the common law in Hong Kong, Regulation on Work-related Injury Insurance and Social Insurance 
Law  in  the  PRC  and  Risks  at  Work  Law  in  Argentina  for  injuries  at  work  for  every  employee.  We  care 
about  the  occupational  health  and  safety  programmes  as  they  strengthen  safety  awareness  and  self-
protecting tendencies of employees and maintain a safe production environment.

The  Group  believes  that  good  working  relationship  among  staff  can  minimise  hazards  within  the 
operation  site.  We  set  up  comprehensive  contingency  plan  detailing  the  handling  procedures  for 
different  types  of  contingencies  (fires,  electrical  failure,  flood  and  water  damage,  earthquakes, 
typhoons, heavy rains, etc.). When a contingency occurs, the procedure starts by notifying through any 
available  media,  according  to  the  employees’  emergency  roles.  The  primary  purpose  of  the  business 
contingency plan is to safeguard assets of the Group such as the physical safety and mental wellbeing 
of human life, to establish and resume critical functions as quickly as possible by providing an alternate-
processing site and to re-establish critical functions of the Group. A responsible personnel is designated 
for coordinating and supervising the work necessary during and after the incident.

We  also  establish  and  optimise  our  occupational  health  management  system  to  protect  our  workers 
and  their  rights.  We  provide  all  site  workers  with  safety  protective  equipment  such  as  protective 
gloves, shock-proof glasses, hearing protectors, fire resistant jacket, helmet, boots with toes and ankles 
protection,  working  clothes,  etc.  in  sufficient  quantity  and  quality  and  the  use  of  the  safety  protective 
equipment  is  mandatory,  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  issued  by  the  Group.  All  personnel 
involved in the operation and within the scope of the location are responsible for the use of the safety 
protective  equipment  which  must  be  suitable  to  perform  the  work.  In  addition,  prior  to  the  start-up 
of  any  operational  task  within  or  outside  the  location,  a  meeting  with  the  involved  staff  present  on 
location is conducted to give knowledge of the involved maneuvers, identified risks and scope or needs 
that are required to complete such an operation.

We  attach  great  importance  to  hazard  prevention  and  control  in  order  to  effectively  improve  the 
intrinsic  safety.  Operations  department  is  responsible  for  monitoring  the  daily  conditions  of  our  own 
wells,  well  fluid  collection  tanks  and  pipelines,  and  the  works  performed  by  the  operator  on  our  own 
wells.  In  case  of  problem  detected,  the  responsible  personnel  reports  to  the  operator  immediately. 
Records of works performed on our own wells are properly documented and filed.

52

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportEmployment and Labour Practices (continued)

Development and Training

An excellent corporate team is critical to the Group’s sustainable and long-term business development. 
Therefore,  the  Group  encourages  its  employees  to  continue  study  and  lifelong  learning.  The  Group 
organised  internal  and  external  trainings  in  explaining  the  operational  procedures  by  business,  risk 
assessment  and  management  policies  and  contingency  plan;  subsidised  employees  to  attend  training 
courses whenever necessary. New hires are required to participate in induction orientation introducing 
the corporate culture, industry knowledge, the Group’s organisational structure, and operational safety, 
etc.  Ongoing  training  can  enhance  the  employees’  professional  knowledge  and  work  skills;  and  also 
provide a reasonable guarantee to ensure that the employees have the necessary technical knowledge, 
professional skills and business ethics; and are able to discharge of duties efficiently and with integrity. 
For  example,  the  Argentina  finance  team  provided  technical  updates  to  the  Group’s  employees  on 
topics relating to their local tax, legal and accounting standards.

Labour Standards

The  Group  cherishes  human  rights  and  prohibits  any  unethical  hiring  practices,  including  child  and 
forced labour, by conducting background checks and reference checks in its hiring process. The Group 
does  not  tolerate  any  form  of  harassment  whether  it  is  sexual,  physical  or  mental  harassment,  e.g. 
bullying  of  employees.  Employees  are  expected  to  be  open,  honest,  and  courteous  with  each  other. 
We  honour  and  respect  all  who  choose  to  work  for  the  organisation  and  the  freedom  of  individual 
employee, to join legally authorised associations or organisations. We support human rights consistent 
with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and consider carefully before trading with, or investing 
in, countries which are governed by regimes that do not adhere to the Universal Declaration of Human 
Rights.  Also,  employees  are  not  allowed  to  work  under  the  influence  of  drugs  and  alcohol.  No  form 
of  threatens,  weapons  or  illegal  drugs  are  allowed  in  any  work  sites.  During  the  reporting  period,  the 
Group did not hire any applicant under the legal working age in order to comply with the local laws and 
regulations in respect of child and forced labour.

Compliance

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  did  not  involve  in  any  non-compliance  incidents  relating  to 
employment, human rights and labour practices, and occupational health and safety.

Operating Practices

Supply Chain Management

Strengthening our relationships with suppliers depend on our determination for conducting all aspects 
of  our  businesses  in  a  way  that  is  mutually  beneficial  as  well  as  open.  The  Group  aims  to  develop 
relationships  with  its  suppliers  based  on  honesty,  fairness  and  mutual  trust.  Suppliers  are  selected 
according  to  the  quality  of  their  product  and  service,  their  reliability  and  their  competence  of  price. 
Each of the qualified suppliers is given a fair chance to sale of quality products to the Group. We have 
established  policies  and  procedures  in  supply  chain  management  and  provided  various  reporting 
channels  for  employees,  suppliers,  customers  and  other  business  partners  to  report  any  violations  of 
laws or regulations when people are performing their duties for the Group. During the reporting period, 
the Group did not have significant issues relating to violations in this respect.

53

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportOperating Practices (continued)

Supply Chain Management (continued)

As abovementioned, the Group has the right to engage experts to drill new well and perform workover 
on our own wells. We are responsible to select and appoint experts and monitor the works performed 
by  these  experts.  The  experts  must  have  the  necessary  qualification  and  be  familiar  with  the  basin 
where  the  oil  field  located.  We  have  also  established  strict  policy  in  selecting  suppliers  and  service 
providers. Periodic supplier and service provider performance evaluation is conducted to better control 
and assure good quality.

The  Group  also  serves  to  maintain  long-term,  stable  and  strategic  cooperative  relationships  with 
suppliers  with  good  credit  history,  high  product  or  service  quality,  proven  environmental  compliance 
and sound commitment to social responsibility. Such bases are used to establish an efficient and green 
supply  chain  system  in  selecting  suppliers  and  service  providers;  and  to  conduct  regular  performance 
reviews with an aim to effectively control its product and service quality.

Supplier/Service Provider Responsibility

American  Petroleum  Institute  (“API”)  gravity  is  a  measure  to  determine  the  grade  of  the  crude  oil. 
Crude  oil  extracted  underground  is  treated  through  oil/water  separation  process  before  selling  to  the 
customer.  Our  customer,  YPF  S.A.  checks  the  API  gravity  before  oil  is  delivered  and  thus  no  after-sale 
quality problem exists.

For  the  money  lending  business,  we  handle  confidential  information  of  our  clients  with  integrity  and 
in  accordance  with  applicable  laws.  Employees  respect  the  confidentiality  of  information  acquired 
as  a  result  of  business  relationship  and  do  not  disclose  any  such  information  to  third  parties  without 
proper and specific authority unless there is a legal or professional right or duty to do so. Confidential 
information may be subject to disclosure requirements according to the applicable laws and regulations 
and  shall  be  exchanged  internally  and  exclusively  on  a  “need-to-know”  basis.  Such  information  is  also 
not used for personal advantage by any employee of the Group.

During  the  reporting  period,  there  was  neither  concluded  legal  cases  regarding  our  products  brought 
against us nor complaints received concerning breaches of customer privacy and loss of data.

Anti-corruption

The  Group  always  attach  importance  to  creating  a  harmonious  and  honest  working  environment 
and  we  commit  to  achieving  and  maintaining  high  integrity  and  accountability  standards  with  great 
emphasis on corporate governance, moral culture and staff quality. All employees should act in upright, 
impartial  and  honest  manner,  and  strictly  follow  the  applicable  laws  and  regulations.  If  employees 
violate  them,  they  will  face  disciplinary  action  or  even  termination  of  the  employment  contracts. 
Employees  must  observe  our  required  ethical  standards  and  make  their  own  judgements  as  to  the 
appropriateness of their conduct in business operation.

54

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportOperating Practices (continued)

Anti-corruption (continued)

When  employees  suspect  violations  occured,  they  may,  in  the  case  of  absolute  confidentiality, 
report  through  different  channels  to  those  charged  with  governance.  The  Group  has  designed  a 
whistleblowing  policy  to  encourage  employees  to  raise  serious  concerns  internally  that  are  suspected 
to  be  malpractices  or  impropriety,  in  a  responsible  and  effective  manner  rather  than  overlooking  a 
problem or blowing the whistle outside. Employees who hide traces, evidences or avoid investigation of 
suspicious transactions may be considered as illegal.

In  addition,  in  order  to  minimise  the  fraud  risk,  the  Group  has  a  pre-employment  screening  process 
under which all applicants would be asked whether he/she has ever committed any criminal offences in 
the past. We continue to optimise the reporting mechanism and resolutely fight against corruption for 
building a clean social environment.

During  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  and  our  employees  did  not  involve  in  any  litigation  of 
corruption.

Community Involvement

The  Group  views  sustainable  development  and  community  contribution  as  our  goals.  We  believe 
in  people-oriented  management  principle,  carry  out  a  variety  of  activities  in  fulfilling  our  social 
responsibilities,  actively  pursue  social  contribution  initiatives  and  strive  to  create  a  sustainable  and 
harmonious  society.  Our  performance  over  the  long-term  depends  on  sensitivity  to  local  customs  and 
conventions  governing  business  relationships,  and  our  commitment  to  make  a  positive  contribution 
to  the  sustainable  development  of  the  communities  in  which  we  work.  The  Group  considers  ways 
of  supporting  communities  in  which  it  operates  through  charitable  and  educational  activities  and 
contributions  (made  within  policies  set  by  the  Board).  The  Group  strives  to  minimise  any  harmful 
effects  of  our  operations  on  the  natural  environment  and  finite  resources.  In  doing  so,  we  set  out 
environmental  quality  standards  which  are  desirable  and  attainable  and  comply  fully  with  all  relevant 
environmental legislation.

Since  our  establishment,  we  are  a  responsible  tax  payer  and  employer.  We  offer  job  opportunities 
to  ease  the  local  employment  pressure.  We  establish  good  practices  in  running  our  business,  and 
actively promote energy saving and environmental friendly concepts with a hope to be the role model 
within the industry. To some extent, we have contributed to social stability and building a harmonious 
community.

55

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportE. 

SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL DATA AND PERFORMANCE

Unit

2019

2018

Greenhouse gas emissions:

Scope 1:

Total (Note)
Intensity (Note)

Scope 2:
Total
Intensity

Air emissions:

Tonne
Tonne (per employee)

Tonne
Tonne (per employee)

Nitrogen Oxides (Note)
Sulfur Oxides (Note)
Particulate Matter (Note)

Kilogram
Kilogram
Kilogram

Energy and water consumption:

30.53
0.62

34.05
0.69

18.34
0.15
1.61

16.52
0.38

18.68
0.42

27.19
0.09
2.48

Electricity:
Total
Intensity

Diesel:
Total
Intensity

Gasoline:
Total
Intensity

Natural gas:

Total
Intensity

Water:
Total
Intensity

kWh
kWh (per employee)

35,702.00
728.61

21,390.00
486.14

Liter
Liter (per employee)

1,213.82
24.77

1,699.09
38.62

Liter
Liter (per employee)

8,983.75
183.34

4,217.05
95.84

Liter
Liter (per employee)

2,943,744.00
60,076.41

2,402,930.00
54,612.05

Tonne
Tonne (per employee)

149.02
3.04

259.00
5.89

Note:  During  the  year,  the  Group  has  optimised  the  calculation  method  of  scope  1  greenhouse  emission  and  air 

emissions, and the data for year ended 31 December 2018 were restated accordingly.

56

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Environmental, Social and Governance ReportTO THE MEMBERS OF EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
(Incorporated in Bermuda with limited liability)

OPINION

We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  EPI  (Holdings)  Limited  (the  “Company”)  and 
its  subsidiaries  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “Group”)  set  out  on  pages  62  to  151,  which  comprise  the 
consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2019, and the consolidated statement of profit 
or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income,  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity  and  consolidated 
statement of cash flows for the year then ended, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  consolidated  financial 
position  of  the  Group  as  at  31  December  2019,  and  of  its  consolidated  financial  performance  and  its 
consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards 
(“HKFRSs”)  issued  by  the  Hong  Kong  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  (“HKICPA”)  and  have  been 
properly prepared in compliance with the disclosure requirements of the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

BASIS FOR OPINION

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  Hong  Kong  Standards  on  Auditing  (“HKSAs”)  issued  by  the 
HKICPA.  Our  responsibilities  under  those  standards  are  further  described  in  the  Auditor’s  Responsibilities  for 
the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in 
accordance with the HKICPA’s Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the “Code”), and we have fulfilled 
our  other  ethical  responsibilities  in  accordance  with  the  Code.  We  believe  that  the  audit  evidence  we  have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

57

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Independent Auditor’s Report   KEY AUDIT MATTERS

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit 
of the consolidated financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment assessment of loan and interest receivables

We  identified  the  impairment  assessment  of  loan  and 
interest  receivables  as  a  key  audit  matter  due  to  the 
significance  of  balances  to  the  Group’s  consolidated 
financial  position  and  the  involvement  of  significant 
management  judgement  in  evaluating  the  expected 
credit  losses  (“ECL”)  of  loan  and  interest  receivables  at 
the end of the reporting period.

As  detailed  in  Note  4  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements,  in  making  the  assessment,  the  loan  and 
interest  receivables  from  borrowers  are  assessed 
individually  by  the  management  of  the  Group,  based 
on  the  financial  background,  financial  condition  and 
the historical settlement records, including the past due 
dates and default rates, of each borrower and reasonable 
and  supportable  forward-looking  information  that  is 
available  without  undue  cost  or  effort.  Each  borrower 
is  assigned  a  risk  grading  under  internal  credit  ratings 
to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking  into  consideration  of  the 
estimates of expected cash shortfalls. At every reporting 
date,  the  financial  background,  financial  condition  and 
historical settlement records are reassessed and changes 
in the forward-looking information are considered.

O u r  p r o c e d u r e s  i n  r e l a t i o n  t o  i m p a i r m e n t 
assessment  of  loan  and  interest  receivables 
included:

• 

• 

• 

Understanding  the  Group’s  policy  on 
granting  loans  to  its  borrowers  and  the 
Group’s credit and impairment assessments 
including the related credit control and loan 
monitoring process;

Checking the past due dates of outstanding 
loan  and  interest  receivables  against  the 
loan  agreements  for  the  terms  of  the 
loans  to  identify  any  significant  change  in 
credit  risk  or  default  in  loan  and  interest 
receivables;

Testing the integrity of information used by 
management  to  develop  the  impairment 
a s s e s s m e n t  o f  t h e  l o a n  a n d  i n t e r e s t 
receivables  as  at  year-end  by  checking  the 
historical  settlement  records  on  a  sample 
basis;

58

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Independent Auditor’s Report    
 
Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment assessment of loan and interest receivables  (continued)

The  management  further  assess  whether  there  has 
been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  for  exposures 
since  initial  recognition.  If  there  has  been  a  significant 
increase  in  credit  risk,  the  Group  will  measure  the  loss 
allowance  based  on  lifetime  ECL  rather  than  12-month 
ECL.  In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  of  an  asset  has 
significantly  increased,  the  Group  takes  into  account 
qualitative and quantitative reasonable and supportable 
forward-looking  information  with  significant  judgments 
involved.

The carrying amount of the loan and interest receivables 
is  HK$185,688,000  in  aggregate  and  the  Group’s 
impairment  allowance  on  loan  and  interest  receivables 
is  HK$68,755,000  in  aggregate  as  at  31  December  2019 
as  set  out  in  Note  23  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.

• 

• 

• 

A s s e s s i n g   t h e   r e a s o n a b l e n e s s   a n d 
appropriateness  of  the  management’s 
j u d g e m e n t   o n   a   s t a g i n g   c r i t e r i a   f o r 
determining  if  significant  increase  in 
credit  risk  has  occurred  or  the  financial 
asset  is  credit-impaired  and  the  basis  for 
classification of exposures into the 3 stages 
as  required  by  HKFRS  9  and  examining 
s u p p o r t i n g  i n f o r m a t i o n  o n  a  s a m p l e 
basis  to  assess  the  appropriateness  of  the 
classification  of  loan  exposures  as  at  the 
end of the reporting period;

Evaluating  the  expected  cash  shortfalls 
estimated by the management by checking 
the expected cash flows from the realisation 
of  collaterals  received  against  publicly 
available information; and

Assessing  the  reasonableness  of  forward-
looking information used by the Group.

OTHER INFORMATION

The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, but does not include the consolidated financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon.

Our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  does  not  cover  the  other  information  and  we  do  not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In  connection  with  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  our  responsibility  is  to  read  the 
other  information  and,  in  doing  so,  consider  whether  the  other  information  is  materially  inconsistent  with 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  or  our  knowledge  obtained  in  the  audit  or  otherwise  appears  to 
be  materially  misstated.  If,  based  on  the  work  we  have  performed,  we  conclude  that  there  is  a  material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this 
regard.

59

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Independent Auditor’s Report    
 
RESPONSIBILITIES  OF  DIRECTORS  AND  THOSE  CHARGED  WITH  GOVERNANCE  FOR  THE 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements that 
give a true and fair view in accordance with HKFRSs issued by the HKICPA and the disclosure requirements of 
the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  assessing  the  Group’s 
ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern,  disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going  concern  and  using 
the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  unless  the  directors  either  intend  to  liquidate  the  Group  or  to  cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Group’s financial reporting process.

AUDITOR’S  RESPONSIBILITIES  FOR  THE  AUDIT  OF  THE  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as 
a  whole  are  free  from  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  fraud  or  error,  and  to  issue  an  auditor’s  report 
that includes our opinion solely to you, as a body, in accordance with section 90 of the Bermuda Companies 
Act, and for no other purpose. We do not assume responsibility towards or accept liability to any other person 
for the contents of this report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an  audit  conducted  in  accordance  with  HKSAs  will  always  detect  a  material  misstatement  when  it  exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate, 
they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic  decisions  of  users  taken  on  the  basis  of  these 
consolidated financial statements.

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  HKSAs,  we  exercise  professional  judgment  and  maintain  professional 
skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether 
due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting 
a  material  misstatement  resulting  from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting  from  error,  as  fraud  may 
involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  control  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to  design  audit  procedures 
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.

Evaluate  the  appropriateness  of  accounting  policies  used  and  the  reasonableness  of  accounting 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors.

• 

• 

• 

60

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Independent Auditor’s Report   AUDITOR’S  RESPONSIBILITIES  FOR  THE  AUDIT  OF  THE  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS (continued)

• 

• 

• 

Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the  directors’  use  of  the  going  concern  basis  of  accounting  and, 
based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material  uncertainty  exists  related  to  events  or 
conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to 
the  related  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate, 
to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our 
auditor’s  report.  However,  future  events  or  conditions  may  cause  the  Group  to  cease  to  continue  as  a 
going concern.

Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure  and  content  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements, 
including the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying 
transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

Obtain  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  regarding  the  financial  information  of  the  entities  or 
business  activities  within  the  Group  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements. 
We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.

We  communicate  with  those  charged  with  governance  regarding,  among  other  matters,  the  planned  scope 
and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control 
that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate  with  them  all  relationships  and  other  matters 
that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with  governance,  we  determine  those  matters  that 
were of most significance in the audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current period and are 
therefore  the  key  audit  matters.  We  describe  these  matters  in  our  auditor’s  report  unless  law  or  regulation 
precludes  public  disclosure  about  the  matter  or  when,  in  extremely  rare  circumstances,  we  determine  that 
a  matter  should  not  be  communicated  in  our  report  because  the  adverse  consequences  of  doing  so  would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

The  engagement  partner  on  the  audit  resulting  in  the  independent  auditor’s  report  is  Del  Rosario,  Faith 
Corazon.

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong
3 April 2020

61

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Independent Auditor’s Report   Notes

5

7
8

9

10

11

12

Revenue

Sales of petroleum
Interest income
Others

Purchases, processing and related expenses
Other income and losses, net
Net loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Expected credit loss on loan and interest receivables and debt 

instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
Provision of impairment loss of property, plant and equipment 

and right-of-use assets

Wages, salaries and other benefits
Depreciation
Gain on redemption of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Loss on disposal of debt instruments at fair value through  

other comprehensive income

Net fair value changes on derivative component of  

convertible notes

Other expenses
Finance costs

Loss before tax
Income tax expense

Loss for the year attributable to owners of the Company

Other comprehensive income (expense)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Net fair value gain (loss) on debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Release on disposal of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Release on redemption of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive income (expense) for the year,  

net of income tax

2019
HK$’000

60,560
24,171
35,287
1,102

(18,858)
(1,609)
(32,736)

2018
HK$’000

71,419
43,998
26,369
1,052

(29,017)
(577)
(80,636)

(61,647)

(6,008)

(47,306)
(16,573)
(8,555)

328

–

–
(10,692)
(239)

(3,383)
(13,768)
(6,657)

–

(610)

(24,370)
(16,488)
(4,992)

(137,327)
(772)

(115,087)
(140)

(138,099)

(115,227)

9,284

(13,583)

–

(328)
(2,014)

610

–
(4,631)

6,942

(17,604)

Total comprehensive expense for the year attributable to 

owners of the Company

(131,157)

(132,831)

Loss per share attributable to owners of the Company

– Basic

16

 HK(2.64) cents

HK(2.26) cents

62

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive IncomeFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
Exploration and evaluation assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible asset
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive 

income

Loan and interest receivables
Other tax recoverables

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive 

income

Loan and interest receivables
Trade and other receivables and prepayments
Other tax recoverables
Income tax recoverable
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Bank balances and cash

Total current assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Income tax payable
Lease liabilities

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Notes

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

17
18
19
20

21
23
22

21
23
24
22

25
26

27

28

–
605
–
420

123,022
33,000
–

–
47,951
–
–

115,708
–
315

157,047

163,974

18,804
152,688
9,296
881
1,089
37,059
92,400

14,622
251,652
12,780
1,230
–
71,816
83,593

312,217

435,693

16,913
4,796
3,612

19,126
5,204
–

25,321

24,330

286,896

411,363

Total assets less current liabilities

443,943

575,337

63

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Consolidated Statement of Financial PositionAt 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current liability
Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Reserves

Total equity

Notes

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

29

30

47

284

443,896

575,053

52,403
391,493

52,403
522,650

443,896

575,053

The consolidated financial statements on pages 62 to 151 together with the Company’s statement of financial 
position  set  out  in  Note  41  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  approved  and  authorised  for 
issue by the Board of Directors on 3 April 2020 and are signed on its behalf by:

Liu Zhiyi
Director

Sue Ka Lok
Director

64

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Consolidated Statement of Financial PositionAt 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share
capital
HK$’000

Share
premium
HK$’000

Share
options
reserve
HK$’000

Investment
revaluation
reserve
HK$’000

Translation Accumulated
losses
HK$’000

reserve
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

At 1 January 2018

50,181

770,285

201,645

1,672

Loss for the year
Net fair value loss on debt instruments  

at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Release on disposal of debt instruments  

at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Exchange differences arising on  

translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive expense  

for the year

Issue of shares upon conversion of 

convertible notes (Note)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,222

147,985

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,631)

(466,106)

557,677

(115,227)

(115,227)

–

–

–

(13,583)

610

(4,631)

–

(13,583)

610

–

(12,973)

(4,631)

(115,227)

(132,831)

–

–

–

150,207

At 31 December 2018

52,403

918,270

201,645

(11,301)

(4,631)

(581,333)

575,053

Loss for the year
Net fair value gain on debt instruments  

at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Release on redemption of debt instruments 

at fair value through other 
comprehensive income

Exchange differences arising on  

translation of foreign operations

Total comprehensive income (expense)  

for the year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,284

(328)

–

–

–

–

(2,014)

(138,099)

(138,099)

–

–

–

9,284

(328)

(2,014)

8,956

(2,014)

(138,099)

(131,157)

At 31 December 2019

52,403

918,270

201,645

(2,345)

(6,645)

(719,432)

443,896

Note:  During  the  year  ended  31  December  2018,  all  the  convertible  notes  with  an  aggregate  principal  amount  of 

HK$80,000,000 were converted into ordinary shares of the Company at the conversion price of HK$0.36 per share 

and  222,222,222  ordinary  shares  of  HK$0.01  each  were  issued  to  the  holders  of  convertible  notes.  Details  of  the 

conversion are set out in Note 30.

65

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Consolidated Statement of Changes in EquityFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

Cash flows from operating activities
Loss before tax
Adjustments for:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
Loss on disposal of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Gain on redemption of debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Provision of impairment loss of property, plant and 

equipment and right-of-use assets

Expected credit loss on loan and interest receivables and  

debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive 
income

Net loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Bank interest income
Interest expense
Dividend income
Interest income from money lending business
Interest income from debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Interest income from financial assets at fair value through 

profit or loss

Net fair value changes on derivative component of convertible 

notes

9

8

10

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital
Decrease in trade and other receivables and prepayments
Decrease (increase) in loan and interest receivables
Decrease in other tax recoverables
Decrease (increase) in financial assets at fair value through 

profit or loss

(Decrease) increase in trade and other payables

Cash used in operations
Withholding tax on interest income from a group entity paid
Dividend received
Income tax paid
Interest received from money lending business
Interest received from debt instruments at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Interest received from financial assets at fair value through 

profit or loss

(137,327)

(115,087)

4,553
4,002

–

(328)

6,657
–

610

–

47,306

3,383

61,647
32,736
(627)
239
(935)
(25,971)

6,008
80,636
(662)
4,992
(1,052)
(16,814)

(9,316)

(9,555)

(167)

–

–

24,370

(24,188)
3,408
7,940
664

2,021
(2,187)

(12,342)
(300)
935
(2,180)
20,675

9,300

167

(16,514)
32,721
(195,490)
4,290

(56,603)
74

(231,522)
(560)
1,052
–
16,814

9,555

–

Net cash inflow (outflow) from operating activities

16,255

(204,661)

66

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Consolidated Statement of Cash FlowsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of assets through acquisition of a subsidiary
Purchase of debt instruments at fair value through   

other comprehensive income

Proceeds from redemption of debt instruments at fair value  

Notes

18
18, 20

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

(117)
(1,300)

(1,540)
–

(13,840)

(34,808)

through other comprehensive income

11,700

23,400

Proceeds from disposal of debt instruments at fair value through  

other comprehensive income

Bank interest received

7

–
627

15,133
662

Net cash (outflow) inflow from investing activities

(2,930)

2,847

Cash flows from financing activities
Repayment of lease liabilities
Interest paid

(3,917)
(239)

–
(1,917)

Net cash outflow from financing activities

(4,156)

(1,917)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

9,169

(203,731)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

83,593

287,349

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

(362)

(25)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year,  

represented by bank balances and cash

92,400

83,593

67

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Consolidated Statement of Cash FlowsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. 

GENERAL

The  Company  is  a  public  limited  company  incorporated  in  Bermuda  and  its  shares  are  listed  on  the 
Main  Board  of  the  Stock  Exchange.  The  address  of  the  registered  office  of  the  Company  is  located  at 
Clarendon  House,  2  Church  Street,  Hamilton  HM11,  Bermuda.  The  address  of  the  principal  place  of 
business  of  the  Company  is  Room  3203,  32/F,  China  Resources  Building,  26  Harbour  Road,  Wanchai, 
Hong Kong.

The Company is an investment holding company. The principal activities of its subsidiaries are set out in 
Note 39.

The consolidated financial statements are presented in HK$, which is also the functional currency of the 
Company and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (HK$’000) except otherwise indicated.

2. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”)

New and amendments to HKFRSs that are mandatorily effective for the current year

The  Group  has  applied  the  following  new  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  issued  by  the  Hong  Kong 
Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) for the first time in the current year:

HKFRS 16
HK(IFRIC) – Int 23
Amendments to HKFRS 9
Amendments to HKAS 19
Amendments to HKAS 28
Amendments to HKFRSs

Leases
Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments
Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation
Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement
Long-term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures
Annual Improvements to HKFRSs 2015 – 2017 Cycle

Except as described below, the application of the new and amendments to HKFRSs in the current year 
has had no material impact on the Group’s financial position and performance for the current and prior 
years and/or on the disclosures set out in these consolidated financial statements.

68

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20192. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) (continued)

New  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  are  mandatorily  effective  for  the  current  year 
(continued)

2.1  HKFRS 16 “Leases”

The Group has applied HKFRS 16 for the first time in the current year. HKFRS 16 superseded HKAS 
17 “Leases” (“HKAS 17”), and the related interpretations.

Definition of a lease

The  Group  has  elected  the  practical  expedient  to  apply  HKFRS  16  to  contracts  that  were 
previously identified as leases applying HKAS 17 and HK(IFRIC) – Int 4 “Determining whether an 
Arrangement contains a Lease” and not apply this standard to contracts that were not previously 
identified as containing a lease. Therefore, the Group has not reassessed contracts which already 
existed prior to the date of initial application.

For  contracts  entered  into  or  modified  on  or  after  1  January  2019,  the  Group  applies  the 
definition  of  a  lease  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  set  out  in  HKFRS  16  in  assessing 
whether a contract contains a lease.

As a lessee

The  Group  has  applied  HKFRS  16  retrospectively  with  the  cumulative  effect  recognised  at  the 
date of initial application, 1 January 2019.

At  1  January  2019,  the  Group  recognised  additional  lease  liabilities  and  right-of-use  assets 
at  amounts  equal  to  the  related  lease  liabilities  applying  HKFRS  16.C8(b)(ii)  transition.  Any 
difference at the date of initial application is recognised in the opening accumulated losses and 
comparative information has not been restated.

When  applying  the  modified  retrospective  approach  under  HKFRS  16  at  transition,  the  Group 
applied  the  following  practical  expedients  to  leases  previously  classified  as  operating  leases 
under HKAS 17, on lease-by-lease basis, to the extent relevant to the respective lease contracts:

(i) 

(ii) 

elected  not  to  recognise  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities  for  leases  with  lease  term 
ends within 12 months of the date of initial application; and

excluded  initial  direct  costs  from  measuring  the  right-of-use  assets  at  the  date  of  initial 
application.

When  recognising  the  lease  liabilities  for  leases  previously  classified  as  operating  leases,  the 
Group has applied incremental borrowing rates of the relevant group entities at the date of initial 
application.  The  weighted  average  incremental  borrowing  rates  applied  for  lease  on  properties 
located in Hong Kong, the PRC and Argentina are ranging from 1.38% to 5.0% per annum.

69

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20192. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) (continued)

New  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  are  mandatorily  effective  for  the  current  year 
(continued)

2.1  HKFRS 16 “Leases” (continued)

As a lessee (continued)

Operating lease commitments disclosed at 31 December 2018

Lease liabilities discounted at relevant incremental borrowing rates
Less: Leases with lease term ending within 12 months from the date  

of initial application

Lease liabilities relating to operating leases recognised upon application  

of HKFRS 16

Analysed as:
Current portion
Non-current portion

At 
1 January 
2019
HK$’000

8,417

7,821

(176)

7,645

4,211
3,434

7,645

The  carrying  amount  of  right-of-use  assets  for  own  use  at  1  January  2019  comprises  the 
following:

Right-of-use assets relating to operating leases recognised  

upon application of HKFRS 16

By class:
Buildings

70

At 
1 January
2019
HK$’000

7,645

7,645

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) (continued)

New  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  that  are  mandatorily  effective  for  the  current  year 
(continued)

2.1  HKFRS 16 “Leases” (continued)

As a lessee (continued)

The following adjustments were made to the amounts recognised in the consolidated statement 
of financial position at 1 January 2019. Line items that were not affected by the changes have not 
been included.

Impact on the consolidated statement of financial position

Carrying
amounts
previously
reported at
31 December
2018
HK$’000

Adjustments
HK$’000

Carrying
amounts
under
HKFRS 16 at 
1 January
2019
HK$’000

–

–

–

7,645

7,645

4,211

4,211

3,434

3,434

Non-current asset
Right-of-use assets

Current liability
Lease liabilities

Non-current liability
Lease liabilities

Note:  For the purpose of reporting cash flows from operating activities under indirect method for the year 

ended  31  December  2019,  movements  in  working  capital  have  been  computed  based  on  opening 

consolidated statement of financial position at 1 January 2019 as disclosed above.

71

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
2. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) (continued)

New and amendments to HKFRSs in issue but not yet effective

The Group has not early applied the following new and amendments to HKFRSs that have been issued 
but are not yet effective:

HKFRS 17
Amendments to HKFRS 3
Amendments to HKFRS 10 and HKAS 28

Insurance Contracts1
Definition of a Business2
Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its 

Amendments to HKAS 1 and HKAS 8
Amendments to HKFRS 9, HKAS 39  

and HKFRS 7

Associate or Joint Venture3

Definition of Material4
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform4

1 

2 

3 

4 

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021.

Effective  for  business  combinations  and  asset  acquisitions  for  which  the  acquisition  date  is  on  or  after  the 

beginning of the first annual period beginning on or after 1 January 2020.

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after a date to be determined.

Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020.

In  addition  to  the  above  new  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs,  a  revised  Conceptual  Framework  for 
Financial Reporting was issued in 2018. Its consequential amendments, the Amendments to References 
to the Conceptual Framework in HKFRS Standards, will be effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after 1 January 2020.

Except  for  the  new  and  amendments  to  HKFRSs  mentioned  below,  the  directors  of  the  Company 
anticipate that the application of all other new and amendments to HKFRSs will have no material impact 
on the consolidated financial statements in the foreseeable future.

72

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20192. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSs”) (continued)

New and amendments to HKFRSs in issue but not yet effective (continued)

Amendments to HKAS 1 and HKAS 8 “Definition of Material” 

The  amendments  provide  refinements  to  the  definition  of  material  by  including  additional  guidance 
and explanations in making materiality judgments. In particular, the amendments:

• 

• 

• 

include the concept of “obscuring” material information in which the effect is similar to omitting 
or misstating the information;

replace threshold for materiality influencing users from “could influence” to “could reasonably be 
expected to influence”; and

include  the  use  of  the  phrase  “primary  users”  rather  than  simply  referring  to  “users”  which  was 
considered too broad when deciding what information to disclose in the financial statements.

The  amendments  also  align  the  definition  across  all  HKFRSs  and  will  be  mandatorily  effective  for 
the  Group’s  annual  period  beginning  on  1  January  2020.  The  application  of  the  amendments  is  not 
expected  to  have  significant  impact  on  the  financial  position  and  performance  of  the  Group  but  may 
affect the presentation and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.

Conceptual  Framework  for  Financial  Reporting  2018  (the  “New  Framework”)  and  the  Amendments  to 
References to the Conceptual Framework in HKFRS Standards

The New Framework:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reintroduces the terms stewardship and prudence;

introduces a new asset definition that focuses on rights and a new liability definition that is likely 
to  be  broader  than  the  definition  it  replaces,  but  does  not  change  the  distinction  between  a 
liability and an equity instrument;

discusses historical cost and current value measures, and provides additional guidance on how to 
select a measurement basis for a particular asset or liability;

states  that  the  primary  measure  of  financial  performance  is  profit  or  loss,  and  that  only  in 
exceptional  circumstances  other  comprehensive  income  will  be  used  and  only  for  income  or 
expenses that arise from a change in the current value of an asset or liability; and

discusses  uncertainty,  derecognition,  unit  of  account,  the  reporting  entity  and  combined 
financial statements.

73

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20192. 

APPLICATION  OF  NEW  AND  AMENDMENTS  TO  HONG  KONG  FINANCIAL  REPORTING 
STANDARDS (“HKFRSS”) (continued)

New and amendments to HKFRSs in issue but not yet effective (continued)

Conceptual  Framework  for  Financial  Reporting  2018  (the  “New  Framework”)  and  the  Amendments  to 
References to the Conceptual Framework in HKFRS Standards (continued)

Consequential  amendments  have  been  made  so  that  references  in  certain  HKFRSs  have  been 
updated  to  the  New  Framework,  whilst  some  HKFRSs  are  still  referred  to  the  previous  versions  of  the 
framework.  These  amendments  are  effective  for  the  Group’s  annual  period  beginning  on  or  after  1 
January  2020,  with  earlier  application  permitted.  Other  than  specific  standards  which  still  refer  to  the 
previous  versions  of  the  framework,  the  Group  will  rely  on  the  New  Framework  on  its  effective  date 
in  determining  the  accounting  policies  especially  for  transactions,  events  or  conditions  that  are  not 
otherwise dealt with under the accounting standards.

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  HKFRSs  issued  by  the 
HKICPA.  In  addition,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  include  applicable  disclosures  required  by 
the Listing Rules and by the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain 
financial instruments that are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period, as explained 
in the accounting policies set out below.

Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for goods and 
services.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date,  regardless  of  whether  that  price 
is  directly  observable  or  estimated  using  another  valuation  technique.  In  estimating  the  fair  value  of 
an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if market 
participants  would  take  those  characteristics  into  account  when  pricing  the  asset  or  liability  at  the 
measurement  date.  Fair  value  for  measurement  and/or  disclosure  purposes  in  these  consolidated 
financial  statements  is  determined  on  such  a  basis,  except  for  share-based  payment  transactions  that 
are  within  the  scope  of  HKFRS  2  “Share-based  Payment”,  leasing  transactions  that  are  accounted  for 
in  accordance  with  HKFRS  16  (since  1  January  2019)  or  HKAS  17  (before  application  of  HKFRS  16),  and 
measurements  that  have  some  similarities  to  fair  value  but  are  not  fair  value,  such  as  net  realisable 
value in HKAS 2 “Inventories” or value in use in HKAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”.

For financial instruments which are transacted at fair value and a valuation technique that unobservable 
inputs are to be used to measure fair value in subsequent periods, the valuation technique is calibrated 
so that at initial recognition the results of the valuation technique equals the transaction price.

74

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

In  addition,  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  fair  value  measurements  are  categorised  into  Level  1,  2 
or  3  based  on  the  degree  to  which  the  inputs  to  the  fair  value  measurements  are  observable  and  the 
significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are described as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level  1  inputs  are  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities 
that the entity can access at the measurement date;

Level  2  inputs  are  inputs,  other  than  quoted  prices  included  within  Level  1,  that  are  observable 
for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The principal accounting policies are set out below.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and entities 
controlled by the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

• 

• 

• 

has power over the investee;

is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

The  Group  reassesses  whether  or  not  it  controls  an  investee  if  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  that 
there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control listed above.

Consolidation  of  a  subsidiary  begins  when  the  Group  obtains  control  over  the  subsidiary  and  ceases 
when  the  Group  loses  control  of  the  subsidiary.  Specifically,  income  and  expenses  of  a  subsidiary 
acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and 
other  comprehensive  income  from  the  date  the  Group  gains  control  until  the  date  when  the  Group 
ceases to control the subsidiary.

Where  necessary,  adjustments  are  made  to  the  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  to  bring  their 
accounting policies in line with the Group’s accounting policies.

All  intra-group  assets  and  liabilities,  equity,  income,  expenses  and  cash  flows  relating  to  transactions 
between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

75

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Acquisition of a subsidiary not constituting a business

When the Group acquires a group of assets that do not constitute a business, the Group identifies and 
recognises  the  individual  identifiable  assets  acquired  by  allocating  the  purchase  price  first  to  financial 
assets  at  the  respective  fair  values,  the  remaining  balance  of  the  purchase  price  is  then  allocated  to 
the  other  identifiable  assets  on  the  basis  of  their  relative  fair  values  at  the  date  of  purchase.  Such  a 
transaction does not give rise to goodwill or bargain purchase gain.

Investment in joint operations

A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement 
have  rights  to  the  assets,  and  obligations  for  the  liabilities,  relating  to  the  joint  arrangement.  Joint 
control  is  the  contractually  agreed  sharing  of  control  of  an  arrangement,  which  exists  only  when 
decisions about the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

When  a  group  entity  undertakes  its  activities  under  joint  operations,  the  Group  as  a  joint  operator 
recognises in relation to its interest in a joint operation:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

its assets, including its share of any assets held jointly;

its liabilities, including its share of any liabilities incurred jointly;

its revenue from the sale of its share of the output arising from the joint operation;

its share of the revenue from the sale of the output by the joint operation; and

its expenses, including its share of any expenses incurred jointly.

The  Group  accounts  for  the  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses  relating  to  its  interest  in  a  joint 
operation  in  accordance  with  the  HKFRSs  applicable  to  the  particular  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and 
expenses.

When  a  group  entity  transacts  with  a  joint  operation  in  which  a  group  entity  is  a  joint  operator  (such 
as a sale or contribution of assets), the Group is considered to be conducting the transaction with the 
other parties to the joint operation, and gains and losses resulting from the transactions are recognised 
in the Group’s consolidated financial statements only to the extent of other parties’ interests in the joint 
operation.

When a group entity transacts with a joint operation in which a group entity is a joint operator (such as 
a purchase of assets), the Group does not recognise its share of the gains and losses until it resells those 
assets to a third party.

76

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Revenue from contracts with customers

The Group recognises revenue when (or as) a performance obligation is satisfied, i.e. when “control” of 
the goods or services underlying the particular performance obligation is transferred to the customer.

A performance obligation represents a good or service (or a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct 
or a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same.

Control  is  transferred  over  time  and  revenue  is  recognised  over  time  by  reference  to  the  progress 
towards complete satisfaction of the relevant performance obligation if one of the following criteria is 
met:

• 

• 

• 

the  customer  simultaneously  receives  and  consumes  the  benefits  provided  by  the  Group’s 
performance as the Group performs;

the  Group’s  performance  creates  or  enhances  an  asset  that  the  customer  controls  as  the  Group 
performs; or

the  Group’s  performance  does  not  create  an  asset  with  an  alternative  use  to  the  Group  and  the 
Group has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.

Otherwise,  revenue  is  recognised  at  a  point  in  time  when  the  customer  obtains  control  of  the  distinct 
good or service.

Leases

Definition of a lease (upon application of HKFRS 16 in accordance with transitions in Note 2)

A  contract  is,  or  contains,  a  lease  if  the  contract  conveys  the  right  to  control  the  use  of  an  identified 
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

For  contracts  entered  into  or  modified  or  arising  from  business  combinations  on  or  after  the  date  of 
initial application, the Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease based on the definition 
under  HKFRS  16  at  inception,  modification  date  or  acquisition  date,  as  appropriate.  Such  contract  will 
not be reassessed unless the terms and conditions of the contract are subsequently changed.

The Group as a lessee (upon application of HKFRS 16 in accordance with transitions in Note 2)

Allocation of consideration to components of a contract

For  a  contract  that  contains  a  lease  component  and  one  or  more  additional  lease  or  non-lease 
components,  the  Group  allocates  the  consideration  in  the  contract  to  each  lease  component  on  the 
basis  of  the  relative  stand-alone  price  of  the  lease  component  and  the  aggregate  stand-alone  price  of 
the non-lease components.

77

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Leases (continued)

The  Group  as  a  lessee  (upon  application  of  HKFRS  16  in  accordance  with  transitions  in  Note  2) 
(continued)

Short-term leases

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to leases of buildings that have a lease 
term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option. Lease 
payments on short-term leases are recognised as expense on a straight-line basis or another systematic 
basis over the lease term.

Right-of-use assets

The cost of right-of-use asset includes:

• 

• 

• 

the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

any  lease  payments  made  at  or  before  the  commencement  date,  less  any  lease  incentives 
received; and

any initial direct costs incurred by the Group.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and 
adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities.

Right-of-use  assets  are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  its  estimated  useful  life 
and the lease term.

The  Group  presents  right-of-use  assets  as  a  separate  line  item  on  the  consolidated  statement  of 
financial position.

Refundable rental deposits

Refundable  rental  deposits  paid  are  accounted  under  HKFRS  9  “Financial  Instruments”  (“HKFRS  9”) 
and  initially  measured  at  fair  value.  Adjustments  to  fair  value  at  initial  recognition  are  considered  as 
additional lease payments and included in the cost of right-of-use assets.

Lease liabilities

At  the  commencement  date  of  a  lease,  the  Group  recognises  and  measures  the  lease  liability  at  the 
present  value  of  lease  payments  that  are  unpaid  at  that  date.  In  calculating  the  present  value  of  lease 
payments,  the  Group  uses  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  at  the  lease  commencement  date  if  the 
interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable.

78

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Leases (continued)

The  Group  as  a  lessee  (upon  application  of  HKFRS  16  in  accordance  with  transitions  in  Note  2) 
(continued)

Lease liabilities (continued)

The  lease  payments  include  fixed  payments  (including  in-substance  fixed  payments)  less  any  lease 
incentives receivable.

After the commencement date, lease liabilities are adjusted by interest accretion and lease payments.

The  Group  presents  lease  liabilities  as  a  separate  line  item  on  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial 
position.

Lease modifications

The Group accounts for a lease modification as a separate lease if:

• 

• 

the  modification  increases  the  scope  of  the  lease  by  adding  the  right  to  use  one  or  more 
underlying assets; and

the  consideration  for  the  leases  increases  by  an  amount  commensurate  with  the  stand-alone 
price  for  the  increase  in  scope  and  any  appropriate  adjustments  to  that  stand-alone  price  to 
reflect the circumstances of the particular contract.

For  a  lease  modification  that  is  not  accounted  for  as  a  separate  lease,  the  Group  remeasures  the  lease 
liability based on the lease term of the modified lease by discounting the revised lease payments using 
a revised discount rate at the effective date of the modification.

The  Group  accounts  for  the  remeasurement  of  lease  liabilities  by  making  corresponding  adjustments 
to the relevant right-of-use asset. When the modified contract contains a lease component and one or 
more additional lease or non-lease components, the Group allocates the consideration in the modified 
contract to each lease component on the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the lease component 
and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components.

The Group as a lessee (prior to 1 January 2019)

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Lease  incentives  relating  to  operating  leases  are  considered  as  integral  part  of  lease  payments,  the 
aggregate benefit of incentives is recognised as a reduction of rental expense on a straight-line basis.

79

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Intangible asset

Intangible asset acquired separately

Intangible  asset,  including  vehicle  license,  with  indefinite  useful  lives  that  is  acquired  separately  is 
carried at cost less any subsequent accumulated impairment losses.

An  intangible  asset  is  derecognised  on  disposal,  or  when  no  future  economic  benefits  are  expected 
from use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset, measured as the 
difference  between  the  net  disposal  proceeds  and  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  are  recognised  in 
profit or loss when the asset is derecognised.

Property, plant and equipment

Oil and gas properties

Expenditure on the construction, installation or completion of infrastructure facilities such as platforms, 
pipelines and the drilling of commercially proven development wells, is capitalised within construction 
in progress under property, plant and equipment. When development is completed on a specific field, it 
is transferred to oil and gas properties. No depreciation is charged during the development phase.

Oil and gas production properties are aggregated exploration and evaluation assets and development 
expenditures associated with the production of proved reserves.

Oil  and  gas  properties  are  depreciated  and  depleted  using  the  unit-of-production  method.  Unit-of-
production rates are based on proved developed reserves, which are oil, gas and other mineral reserves 
estimated to be recovered from existing facilities using current operating methods. Oil and gas volumes 
are  considered  to  be  part  of  production  once  they  have  been  measured  through  meters  at  custody 
transfer or sales transaction points at the outlet valve on the field storage tank.

Property,  plant  and  equipment,  including  oil  and  gas  properties,  are  stated  at  historical  cost  less 
depreciation  and  impairment.  Historical  cost  includes  expenditure  that  is  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition of the items.

Subsequent  costs  are  included  in  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  or  recognised  as  a  separate  asset,  as 
appropriate,  only  when  it  is  probable  that  future  economic  benefits  associated  with  the  item  will  flow 
to  the  Group  and  the  cost  of  the  item  can  be  measured  reliably.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  replaced 
part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial 
period in which they are incurred.

80

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Property, plant and equipment (continued)

Property, plant and equipment other than oil and gas properties

Property,  plant  and  equipment  other  than  oil  and  gas  properties  are  stated  in  the  consolidated 
statement  of  financial  position  at  cost  less  subsequent  accumulated  depreciation  and  subsequent 
accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Depreciation  is  recognised  so  as  to  write  off  the  cost  of  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  less 
their  residual  values  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  using  the  straight-line  method.  The  estimated 
useful lives, residual values and depreciation method are reviewed at the end of each reporting period, 
with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic 
benefits  are  expected  to  arise  from  the  continued  use  of  the  asset.  Any  gain  or  loss  arising  on  the 
disposal  or  retirement  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  determined  as  the  difference 
between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in profit or loss.

Exploration and evaluation assets

Oil  and  gas  exploration  and  evaluation  expenditures  are  accounted  for  using  the  successful  efforts 
method  of  accounting.  Costs  are  accumulated  on  a  field-by-field  basis.  Geological  and  geophysical 
costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Costs  directly  associated  with  an  exploration  well,  and  exploration 
and property leasehold acquisition costs, are capitalised within exploration and evaluation assets until 
the  determination  of  reserves  is  evaluated.  If  it  is  determined  that  commercial  discovery  has  not  been 
achieved, these costs are charged to profit or loss.

Once  commercial  reserves  are  found,  exploration  and  evaluation  assets  are  tested  for  impairment 
and  transferred  to  construction  in  progress  under  property,  plant  and  equipment.  No  depreciation  is 
charged during the exploration and evaluation phase.

Exploration  and  evaluation  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  when  reclassified  to  construction  in 
progress,  or  whenever  facts  and  circumstances  indicate  impairment.  An  impairment  loss  is  recognised 
for  the  amount  by  which  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets’  carrying  amount  exceeds  their 
recoverable  amount.  Recoverable  amount  is  the  higher  of  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets’  fair 
value less costs of disposal and their value in use.

81

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Exploration and evaluation assets (continued)

Impairment of exploration and evaluation assets

The  carrying  amount  of  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets  is  reviewed  annually  and  adjusted  for 
impairment loss in accordance with HKAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” and whenever one of the following 
events or changes in circumstances indicates that the carrying amount may not be recoverable:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the period for which the Group has the right to explore in the specific area has expired during the 
period or will expire in the near future, and is not expected to be renewed.

substantive  expenditure  on  further  exploration  for  and  evaluation  of  natural  resources  in  the 
specific area is neither budgeted nor planned.

exploration  for  and  evaluation  of  natural  resources  in  the  specific  area  have  not  led  to  the 
discovery  of  commercially  viable  quantities  of  natural  resources  and  the  Group  has  decided  to 
discontinue such activities in the specific area.

sufficient  data  exist  to  indicate  that,  although  a  development  in  the  specific  area  is  likely  to 
proceed, the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered 
in full from successful development or by sale.

An impairment loss is recognised in profit or loss whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its 
recoverable amount.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating 
unit or a group of cash-generating units) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, 
but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or a cash-generating unit or a group 
of  cash-generating  units)  in  prior  years.  A  reversal  of  an  impairment  loss  is  recognised  immediately  in 
profit or loss.

82

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Impairment of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible assets

At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  the  Group  reviews  the  carrying  amounts  of  its  property,  plant  and 
equipment and right-of-use assets to determine whether there is any indication that these assets have 
suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the relevant asset 
is  estimated  in  order  to  determine  the  extent  of  the  impairment  loss  (if  any).  Intangible  assets  with 
indefinite  useful  lives  are  tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually,  and  whenever  there  is  an  indication 
that they may be impaired.

The  recoverable  amount  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  right-of-use  assets  and  intangible  assets 
are estimated individually. When it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount individually, the 
Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

In  addition,  the  Group  assesses  whether  there  is  indication  that  corporate  assets  may  be  impaired.  If 
such  indication  exists,  corporate  assets  are  also  allocated  to  individual  cash-generating  units,  when  a 
reasonable  and  consistent  basis  of  allocation  can  be  identified,  or  otherwise  they  are  allocated  to  the 
smallest  group  of  cash-generating  units  for  which  a  reasonable  and  consistent  allocation  basis  can  be 
identified.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value 
in  use,  the  estimated  future  cash  flows  are  discounted  to  their  present  value  using  a  pre-tax  discount 
rate  that  reflects  current  market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and  the  risks  specific  to  the 
asset (or a cash-generating unit) for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or a cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying 
amount,  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  (or  a  cash-generating  unit)  is  reduced  to  its  recoverable 
amount. For corporate assets or portion of corporate assets which cannot be allocated on a reasonable 
and consistent basis to a cash-generating unit, the Group compares the carrying amount of a group of 
cash-generating  units,  including  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  corporate  assets  or  portion  of  corporate 
assets  allocated  to  that  group  of  cash-generating  units,  with  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  group 
of  cash-generating  units.  In  allocating  the  impairment  loss,  the  impairment  loss  is  allocated  first  to 
reduce  the  carrying  amount  of  any  goodwill  (if  applicable)  and  then  to  the  other  assets  on  a  pro-rata 
basis based on the carrying amount of each asset in the unit or the group of cash-generating units. The 
carrying  amount  of  an  asset  is  not  reduced  below  the  highest  of  its  fair  value  less  costs  of  disposal  (if 
measurable), its value in use (if determinable) and zero. The amount of the impairment loss that would 
otherwise  have  been  allocated  to  the  asset  is  allocated  pro  rata  to  the  other  assets  of  the  unit  or  the 
group of cash-generating units. An impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating 
unit or a group of cash-generating units) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, 
but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset (or a cash-generating unit or a group 
of  cash-generating  units)  in  prior  years.  A  reversal  of  an  impairment  loss  is  recognised  immediately  in 
profit or loss.

83

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Provisions

Provisions  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  obligation  (legal  or  constructive)  as  a  result 
of  a  past  event,  it  is  probable  that  the  Group  will  be  required  to  settle  that  obligation,  and  a  reliable 
estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

The  amount  recognised  as  a  provision  is  the  best  estimate  of  the  consideration  required  to  settle  the 
present  obligation  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  taking  into  account  the  risks  and  uncertainties 
surrounding the obligation. When a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the 
present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows (where the effect of the 
time value of money is material).

Financial instruments

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  recognised  when  a  group  entity  becomes  a  party  to  the 
contractual  provisions  of  the  instrument.  All  regular  way  purchases  or  sales  of  financial  assets  are 
recognised  and  derecognised  on  a  trade  date  basis.  Regular  way  purchases  or  sales  are  purchases  or 
sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the time frame established by regulation or 
convention in the market place.

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are  initially  measured  at  fair  value  except  for  trade  receivables 
arising  from  contracts  with  customers  which  are  initially  measured  in  accordance  with  HKFRS  15 
“Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers”.  Transaction  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition  or  issue  of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  (other  than  financial  assets  at  fair  value 
through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or 
financial  liabilities,  as  appropriate,  on  initial  recognition.  Transaction  costs  directly  attributable  to  the 
acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL are recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Effective interest method

The  effective  interest  method  is  a  method  of  calculating  the  amortised  cost  of  a  financial  asset  or 
financial  liability  and  of  allocating  interest  income  and  interest  expense  over  the  relevant  period.  The 
effective  interest  rate  is  the  rate  that  exactly  discounts  estimated  future  cash  receipts  and  payments 
(including  all  fees  and  points  paid  or  received  that  form  an  integral  part  of  the  effective  interest  rate, 
transaction  costs  and  other  premiums  or  discounts)  through  the  expected  life  of  the  financial  asset 
or  financial  liability,  or,  where  appropriate,  a  shorter  period,  to  the  net  carrying  amount  on  initial 
recognition.

Interest  and  dividend  income  which  are  derived  from  the  Group’s  ordinary  course  of  business  are 
presented as revenue.

84

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets

Financial assets that meet the following conditions are subsequently measured at amortised cost:

• 

• 

the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash 
flows; and

the  contractual  terms  give  rise  on  specified  dates  to  cash  flows  that  are  solely  payments  of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Financial  assets  that  meet  the  following  conditions  are  subsequently  measured  at  fair  value  through 
other comprehensive income (“FVTOCI”):

• 

• 

the  financial  asset  is  held  within  a  business  model  whose  objective  is  achieved  by  both  selling 
and collecting contractual cash flows; and

the  contractual  terms  give  rise  on  specified  dates  to  cash  flows  that  are  solely  payments  of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

All  other  financial  assets  are  subsequently  measured  at  FVTPL,  except  that  at  the  date  of  initial 
application of HKFRS 9/initial recognition of a financial asset the Group may irrevocably elect to present 
subsequent changes in fair value of an equity investment in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) if that 
equity investment is neither held for trading nor contingent consideration recognised by an acquirer in 
a business combination to which HKFRS 3 “Business Combinations” applies.

A financial asset is held for trading if:

• 

• 

• 

it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term; or

on  initial  recognition  it  is  a  part  of  a  portfolio  of  identified  financial  instruments  that  the  Group 
manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

85

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets (continued)

In addition, the Group may irrevocably designate a financial asset that are required to be measured at 
the  amortised  cost  or  FVTOCI  as  measured  at  FVTPL  if  doing  so  eliminates  or  significantly  reduces  an 
accounting mismatch.

(i) 

Amortised cost and interest income

Interest  income  is  recognised  using  the  effective  interest  method  for  financial  assets  measured 
subsequently at amortised cost and debt instruments subsequently measured at FVTOCI. Interest 
income  is  calculated  by  applying  the  effective  interest  rate  to  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  a 
financial  asset,  except  for  financial  assets  that  have  subsequently  become  credit-impaired.  For 
financial  assets  that  have  subsequently  become  credit-impaired,  interest  income  is  recognised 
by  applying  the  effective  interest  rate  to  the  amortised  cost  of  the  financial  asset  from  the  next 
reporting  period.  If  the  credit  risk  on  the  credit-impaired  financial  instrument  improves  so  that 
the  financial  asset  is  no  longer  credit-impaired,  interest  income  is  recognised  by  applying  the 
effective  interest  rate  to  the  gross  carrying  amount  of  the  financial  asset  from  the  beginning  of 
the reporting period following the determination that the asset is no longer credit-impaired.

(ii) 

Debt instruments classified as at FVTOCI

Subsequent  changes  in  the  carrying  amounts  for  debt  instruments  classified  as  at  FVTOCI  as  a 
result  of  interest  income  calculated  using  the  effective  interest  method  are  recognised  in  profit 
or loss. All other changes in the carrying amount of these debt instruments are recognised in OCI 
and  accumulated  under  the  heading  of  investment  revaluation  reserve.  Impairment  allowances 
are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  with  corresponding  adjustment  to  OCI  without  reducing  the 
carrying amounts of these debt instruments. When these debt instruments are derecognised, the 
cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.

86

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets (continued)

(iii) 

Financial assets at FVTPL

Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for being measured at amortised cost or FVTOCI or 
designated as FVTOCI are measured at FVTPL.

Financial assets at FVTPL are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period, with any 
fair value gains or losses recognised in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognised in profit or 
loss  excludes  any  dividend  or  interest  earned  on  the  financial  asset  and  is  included  in  the  “net 
loss on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” line item.

Impairment of financial assets and other items subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9

The  Group  performs  impairment  assessment  under  expected  credit  loss  (“ECL”)  model  on  financial 
assets  (including  trade  and  other  receivables,  loan  and  interest  receivables,  bank  balances  and  debt 
instruments at FVTOCI) which are subject to impairment under HKFRS 9. The amount of ECL is updated 
at each reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition.

Lifetime ECL represents the ECL that will result from all possible default events over the expected life of 
the  relevant  instrument.  In  contrast,  12-month  ECL  (“12m  ECL”)  represents  the  portion  of  lifetime  ECL 
that  is  expected  to  result  from  default  events  that  are  possible  within  12  months  after  the  reporting 
date. Assessments are done based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors 
that  are  specific  to  the  debtors,  general  economic  conditions  and  an  assessment  of  both  the  current 
conditions at the reporting date as well as the forecast of future conditions.

The  Group  always  recognises  lifetime  ECL  for  trade  receivables.  The  ECL  is  assessed  individually  for 
trade receivables.

87

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets and other items subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

For all other instruments, the Group measures the loss allowance equal to 12m ECL, unless when there 
has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, the Group recognises lifetime ECL. 
The  assessment  of  whether  lifetime  ECL  should  be  recognised  is  based  on  significant  increases  in  the 
likelihood or risk of a default occurring since initial recognition.

(i) 

Significant increase in credit risk

In assessing whether the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Group 
compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the reporting date with 
the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of initial recognition. In 
making this assessment, the Group considers both quantitative and qualitative information that 
is  reasonable  and  supportable,  including  historical  experience  and  forward-looking  information 
that is available without undue cost or effort.

In particular, the following information is taken into account when assessing whether credit risk 
has increased significantly:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

an  actual  or  expected  significant  deterioration  in  the  financial  instrument’s  external  (if 
available) or internal credit rating;

significant  deterioration  in  external  market  indicators  of  credit  risk,  e.g.  a  significant 
increase in the credit spread, the credit default swap prices for the debtor;

existing or forecast adverse changes in business, financial or economic conditions that are 
expected to cause a significant decrease in the debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations;

an actual or expected significant deterioration in the operating results of the debtor;

an  actual  or  expected  significant  adverse  change  in  the  regulatory,  economic,  or 
technological  environment  of  the  debtor  that  results  in  a  significant  decrease  in  the 
debtor’s ability to meet its debt obligations.

Irrespective  of  the  outcome  of  the  above  assessment,  the  Group  presumes  that  the  credit  risk 
has increased significantly since initial recognition when contractual payments are more than 30 
days past due, unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information that demonstrates 
otherwise.

88

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets and other items subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(i) 

Significant increase in credit risk (continued)

Despite  the  aforegoing,  the  Group  assumes  that  the  credit  risk  on  a  debt  instrument  has  not 
increased significantly since initial recognition if the debt instrument is determined to have low 
credit  risk  at  the  reporting  date.  A  debt  instrument  is  determined  to  have  low  credit  risk  if  (i) 
it  has  a  low  risk  of  default,  (ii)  the  borrower  has  a  strong  capacity  to  meet  its  contractual  cash 
flow obligations in the near term and (iii) adverse changes in economic and business conditions 
in  the  longer  term  may,  but  will  not  necessarily,  reduce  the  ability  of  the  borrower  to  fulfil  its 
contractual cash flow obligations. The Group considers a debt instrument to have low credit risk 
when it has an internal or external credit rating of ‘investment grade’ as per globally understood 
definitions or the counterparty can meet the financial commitment.

The  Group  regularly  monitors  the  effectiveness  of  the  criteria  used  to  identify  whether  there 
has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  and  revises  them  as  appropriate  to  ensure  that  the 
criteria  are  capable  of  identifying  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  before  the  amount  becomes 
past due.

(ii) 

Definition of default

For  internal  credit  risk  management,  the  Group  considers  an  event  of  default  occurs  when 
information  developed  internally  or  obtained  from  external  sources  indicates  that  the  debtor 
is  unlikely  to  pay  its  creditors,  including  the  Group,  in  full  (without  taking  into  account  any 
collaterals held by the Group).

Irrespective  of  the  above,  the  Group  considers  that  default  has  occurred  when  a  financial  asset 
is more than 90 days past due unless the Group has reasonable and supportable information to 
demonstrate that a more lagging default criterion is more appropriate.

89

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets and other items subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(iii) 

Credit-impaired financial assets

A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on 
the  estimated  future  cash  flows  of  that  financial  asset  have  occurred.  Evidence  that  a  financial 
asset is credit-impaired includes observable data about the following events:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

significant financial difficulty of the issuer or the borrower;

a breach of contract, such as a default or past due event;

the  lender(s)  of  the  borrower,  for  economic  or  contractual  reasons  relating  to  the 
borrower’s  financial  difficulty,  having  granted  to  the  borrower  a  concession(s)  that  the 
lender(s) would not otherwise consider;

it  is  becoming  probable  that  the  borrower  will  enter  bankruptcy  or  other  financial 
reorganisation; or

the  disappearance  of  an  active  market  for  that  financial  asset  because  of  financial 
difficulties.

(iv)  Write-off policy

The Group writes off a financial asset when there is information indicating that the counterparty 
is  in  severe  financial  difficulty  and  there  is  no  realistic  prospect  of  recovery,  for  example,  when 
the counterparty has been placed under liquidation or has entered into bankruptcy proceedings, 
or  in  the  case  of  trade  receivables,  when  the  amounts  are  over  two  years  past  due,  whichever 
occurs  sooner.  Financial  assets  written  off  may  still  be  subject  to  enforcement  activities  under 
the Group’s recovery procedures, taking into account legal advice where appropriate. A write-off 
constitutes a derecognition event. Any subsequent recoveries are recognised in profit or loss.

90

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets and other items subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(v)  Measurement and recognition of ECL

The  measurement  of  ECL  is  a  function  of  the  probability  of  default,  loss  given  default  (i.e.  the 
magnitude  of  the  loss  if  there  is  a  default)  and  the  exposure  at  default.  The  assessment  of  the 
probability  of  default  and  loss  given  default  is  based  on  historical  data  adjusted  by  forward-
looking  information.  Estimation  of  ECL  reflects  an  unbiased  and  probability-weighted  amount 
that is determined with the respective risks of default occurring as the weights.

Generally, the ECL is the difference between all contractual cash flows that are due to the Group 
in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted 
at the effective interest rate determined at initial recognition.

Where  ECL  is  measured  on  a  collective  basis  or  cater  for  cases  where  evidence  at  the  individual 
instrument level may not yet be available, the financial instruments are grouped on the following 
basis:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Nature  of  financial  instruments  (i.e.  the  Group’s  other  receivables  are  assessed  as  a 
separate group);

Past-due status;

Nature, size and industry of debtors; and

External credit ratings where available.

The  grouping  is  regularly  reviewed  by  management  to  ensure  the  constituents  of  each  group 
continue to share similar credit risk characteristics.

Interest income is calculated based on the gross carrying amount of the financial asset unless the 
financial asset is credit-impaired, in which case interest income is calculated based on amortised 
cost of the financial asset.

91

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial assets (continued)

Impairment of financial assets and other items subject to impairment assessment under HKFRS 9 (continued)

(v)  Measurement and recognition of ECL (continued)

Except  for  investments  in  debt  instruments  that  are  measured  at  FVTOCI,  the  Group  recognises 
an impairment gain or loss in profit or loss for all financial instruments by adjusting their carrying 
amount,  with  the  exception  of  trade  receivables  and  loan  and  interest  receivables  where  the 
corresponding  adjustment  is  recognised  through  a  loss  allowance  account.  For  investments 
in  debt  instruments  that  are  measured  at  FVTOCI,  the  loss  allowance  is  recognised  in  OCI  and 
accumulated  in  the  investment  revaluation  reserve  without  reducing  the  carrying  amount  of 
these  debt  instruments.  Such  amount  represents  the  changes  in  the  investment  revaluation 
reserve in relation to accumulated loss allowance.

Derecognition of financial assets

The  Group  derecognises  a  financial  asset  only  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from 
the  asset  expire,  or  when  it  transfers  the  financial  asset  and  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of 
ownership of the asset to another entity. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the 
risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  and  continues  to  control  the  transferred  asset,  the  Group  recognises 
its  retained  interest  in  the  asset  and  an  associated  liability  for  amounts  it  may  have  to  pay.  If  the 
Group  retains  substantially  all  the  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  of  a  transferred  financial  asset,  the 
Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the 
proceeds received.

On  derecognition  of  a  financial  asset  measured  at  amortised  cost,  the  difference  between  the  asset’s 
carrying  amount  and  the  sum  of  the  consideration  received  and  receivable  is  recognised  in  profit  or 
loss.

On derecognition of an investment in a debt instrument classified as at FVTOCI, the cumulative gain or 
loss previously accumulated in the investment revaluation reserve is reclassified to profit or loss.

92

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Financial instruments (continued)

Financial liabilities and equity

Classification as debt or equity

Debt and equity instruments are classified as either financial liabilities or as equity in accordance with 
the substance of the contractual arrangements and the definitions of a financial liability and an equity 
instrument.

Equity instruments

An  equity  instrument  is  any  contract  that  evidences  a  residual  interest  in  the  assets  of  an  entity  after 
deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recognised at the proceeds 
received, net of direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities

All financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

Financial  liabilities  including  trade  and  other  payables  are  subsequently  measured  at  amortised  cost, 
using the effective interest method.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

The  Group  derecognises  financial  liabilities  when,  and  only  when,  the  Group’s  obligations  are 
discharged,  cancelled  or  have  expired.  The  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  of  the  financial 
liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is recognised in profit or loss.

Taxation

Income tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from loss before 
tax because of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and items that are never 
taxable  or  deductible.  The  Group’s  liability  for  current  tax  is  calculated  using  tax  rates  that  have  been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

93

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Taxation (continued)
Deferred tax

Deferred  tax  is  recognised  on  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  corresponding  tax  bases  used  in  the 
computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences. Deferred tax assets are generally recognised for all deductible temporary differences to the 
extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which those deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised.  Such deferred tax assets  and  liabilities are not  recognised  if  the  temporary 
difference  arises  from  the  initial  recognition  (other  than  in  a  business  combination)  of  assets  and 
liabilities  in  a  transaction  that  affects  neither  the  taxable  profit  nor  the  accounting  profit.  In  addition, 
deferred tax liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 
of goodwill.

Deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognised  for  taxable  temporary  differences  associated  with  investments 
in subsidiaries and interests in joint operations, except where the Group is able to control the reversal 
of  the  temporary  difference  and  it  is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the 
foreseeable  future.  Deferred  tax  assets  arising  from  deductible  temporary  differences  associated  with 
such  investments  and  interests  are  only  recognised  to  the  extent  that  it  is  probable  that  there  will  be 
sufficient taxable profits against which to utilise the benefits of the temporary differences and they are 
expected to reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced 
to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or 
part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period 
in which the liability is settled or the asset is realised, based on tax rate (and tax laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow 
from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the 
carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

For  the  purposes  of  measuring  deferred  tax  for  leasing  transactions  in  which  the  Group  recognises 
the  right-of-use  assets  and  the  related  lease  liabilities,  the  Group  first  determines  whether  the  tax 
deductions are attributable to the right-of-use assets or the lease liabilities.

For  leasing  transactions  in  which  the  tax  deductions  are  attributable  to  the  lease  liabilities,  the  Group 
applies  HKAS  12  “Income  Taxes”  requirements  to  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities  separately. 
Temporary  differences  on  initial  recognition  of  the  relevant  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities 
are  not  recognised  due  to  application  of  the  initial  recognition  exemption.  Temporary  differences 
arising  from  subsequent  revision  of  the  carrying  amounts  of  right-of-use  assets  and  lease  liabilities, 
resulting from remeasurement of lease liabilities and lease modifications, that are not subject to initial 
recognition exemption are recognised on the date of remeasurement or modification.

94

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Taxation (continued)

Current and deferred tax for the year

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  when  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  set  off  current 
tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied to the same taxable 
entity by the same taxation authority.

Current  and  deferred  tax  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss,  except  when  they  relate  to  items  that  are 
recognised in OCI or directly in equity, in which case, the current and deferred tax are also recognised in 
OCI or directly in equity respectively.

In  assessing  any  uncertainty  over  income  tax  treatments,  the  Group  considers  whether  it  is  probable 
that  the  relevant  tax  authority  will  accept  the  uncertain  tax  treatment  used,  or  proposed  to  be  used 
by individual group entities in their income tax filings. If it is probable, the current and deferred taxes 
are  determined  consistently  with  the  tax  treatment  in  the  income  tax  filings.  If  it  is  not  probable  that 
the relevant taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment, the effect of each uncertainty is 
reflected by using either the most likely amount or the expected value.

Retirement benefits costs

Payments to state-managed retirement benefit schemes and Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme (“MPF 
Scheme”)  are  recognised  as  an  expense  when  employees  have  rendered  service  entitling  them  to  the 
contributions.

Short-term and other long-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are recognised at the undiscounted amount of the benefits expected to 
be paid as and when employees rendered the services. All short-term employee benefits are recognised 
as  an  expense  unless  another  HKFRS  requires  or  permits  the  inclusion  of  the  benefit  in  the  cost  of  an 
asset.

A  liability  is  recognised  for  benefits  accruing  to  employees  (such  as  wages  and  salaries  and  annual 
leave) after deducting any amount already paid.

Liabilities  recognised  in  respect  of  other  long-term  employee  benefits  are  measured  at  the  present 
value  of  the  estimated  future  cash  outflows  expected  to  be  made  by  the  Group  in  respect  of  services 
provided  by  employees  up  to  the  reporting  date.  Any  changes  in  the  liabilities’  carrying  amounts 
resulting from service cost, interest and remeasurements are recognised in profit or loss except to the 
extent that another HKFRS requires or permits their inclusion in the cost of an asset.

95

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based payment transactions

Share options granted to employees and directors

Equity-settled  share-based  payments  to  employees  and  directors  providing  similar  services  are 
measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.

The fair value of the equity-settled share-based payments determined at the grant date without taking 
into  consideration  all  non-market  vesting  conditions  is  expensed  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
vesting  period,  based  on  the  Group’s  estimate  of  equity  instruments  that  will  eventually  vest,  with  a 
corresponding increase in equity (share options reserve). At the end of each reporting period, the Group 
revises  its  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity  instruments  expected  to  vest  based  on  assessment  of  all 
relevant  non-market  vesting  conditions.  The  impact  of  the  revision  of  the  original  estimates,  if  any, 
is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  such  that  the  cumulative  expense  reflects  the  revised  estimate,  with  a 
corresponding adjustment to the share options reserve. For share options that vest immediately at the 
date of grant, the fair value of the share options granted is expensed immediately to profit or loss.

When  share  options  are  exercised,  the  amount  previously  recognised  in  share  options  reserve  will  be 
transferred to share capital and share premium. When the share options are forfeited after the vesting 
date  or  are  still  not  exercised  at  the  expiry  date,  the  amount  previously  recognised  in  share  options 
reserve will continue to be held in share options reserve.

Foreign currencies

In  preparing  the  financial  statements  of  each  individual  group  entity,  transactions  in  currencies  other 
than the functional currency of that entity (foreign currencies) are recognised at the rates of exchanges 
prevailing  on  the  dates  of  the  transactions.  At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  monetary  items 
denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at  the  rates  prevailing  at  that  date.  Non-monetary 
items  carried  at  fair  value  that  are  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  retranslated  at  the  rates 
prevailing on the date when the fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured in 
terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are not retranslated.

Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items, and on the retranslation of monetary 
items, are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

For  the  purposes  of  presenting  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
Group’s  foreign  operations  are  translated  into  the  presentation  currency  of  the  Group  (i.e.  Hong  Kong 
dollars)  using  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Income  and  expenses 
items  are  translated  at  the  average  exchange  rates  for  the  period,  unless  exchange  rates  fluctuated 
significantly during the period, in which case, the exchange rates at the date of transactions are used. 
Exchange differences arising, if any, are recognised in OCI and accumulated in equity under the heading 
of translation reserve.

96

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20193. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

Foreign currencies (continued)

On  the  disposal  of  a  foreign  operation  (that  is,  a  disposal  of  the  Group’s  entire  interest  in  a  foreign 
operation, or a disposal involving loss of control over a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation, or 
a  partial  disposal  of  an  interest  in  a  joint  arrangement  that  includes  a  foreign  operation  of  which  the 
retained  interest  becomes  a  financial  asset),  all  of  the  exchange  differences  accumulated  in  equity  in 
respect of that operation attributable to the owners of the Company are reclassified to profit or loss.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, 
which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or 
sale, are added to the cost of those assets until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their 
intended use or sale.

All other borrowing costs are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

4. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY

In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, which are described in Note 3, the directors of the 
Company  are  required  to  make  judgements,  estimates  and  assumptions  about  the  carrying  amounts 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and underlying 
assumptions  are  based  on  historical  experience  and  other  factors  that  are  considered  to  be  relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Revisions to accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period, or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future 
periods.

Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

The  following  are  the  critical  judgments,  apart  from  those  involving  estimations  (see  below),  that 
the  directors  of  the  Company  have  made  in  the  process  of  applying  the  Group’s  accounting  policies 
and  that  have  the  most  significant  effect  on  the  amounts  recognised  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.

Judgement on significant increase in credit risk

The  management  assesses  whether  there  has  been  a  significant  increase  in  credit  risk  for  exposures 
since initial recognition. If there has been a significant increase in credit risk, the Group will measure the 
loss allowance based on lifetime ECL rather than 12-month ECL. In assessing whether the credit risk of 
an  asset  has  significantly  increased,  the  Group  takes  into  account  qualitative  factors  and  quantitative  
modelling to support reasonable and supportable forward-looking information available without undue 
cost or effort with significant judgments involved. The information about the ECL and the Group’s loan 
and interest receivables are disclosed in Notes 23 and 38 respectively. 

97

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20194. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 
(continued)

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

The  following  are  the  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future,  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation 
uncertainty  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  that  may  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Impairment assessment of oil and gas properties

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  oil  and  gas  properties  are  assessed  for  impairment  when  facts  and 
circumstances  suggest  that  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  oil  and  gas  properties  may  exceed  their 
recoverable  amounts.  The  Group’s  determination  as  to  whether  they  are  impaired  requires  an 
estimation of the recoverable amount of the assets. The Group relies on experts to assess the geological 
prospects  for  the  discovery  of  oil  in  the  oil  field  and  engaged  an  independent  valuer  to  estimate  the 
value  of  oil  to  be  produced  in  the  future  with  reference  to  the  local  and  international  oil  prices  study 
based  on  market  research  at  a  suitable  discount  rate  in  order  to  calculate  the  present  value.  The 
carrying value of oil and gas properties at 31 December 2019 was HK$85,000 (2018: HK$46,130,000).

Judgement  is  required  by  the  directors  to  determine  the  key  assumptions  adopted  in  the  cash  flow 
projections  and  changes  to  key  assumptions  such  as  discount  rate,  future  oil  price  and  future  oil 
production volume, which can significantly affect the cash flow projection and therefore the results of 
the  impairment  review.  Details  of  the  key  assumptions  adopted  and  the  corresponding  impact  are  set 
out in Note 18.

98

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20194. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENT AND KEY SOURCES OF ESTIMATION UNCERTAINTY 
(continued)

Key sources of estimation uncertainty (continued)

Impairment assessment of loan and interest receivables

Management  regularly  reviews  the  impairment  assessment  and  evaluates  the  ECL  of  the  loan  and 
interest receivables. Appropriate impairment allowance is recognised in profit or loss.

In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition,  the  Group 
compares  the  risk  of  a  default  occurring  on  the  financial  instrument  at  the  reporting  date  with  the 
one  as  at  the  date  of  initial  recognition.  In  making  this  assessment,  the  loan  and  interest  receivables 
from  borrowers  are  assessed  individually  by  the  management  of  the  Group,  based  on  the  financial 
background,  financial  condition  and  the  historical  settlement  records,  including  past  due  dates  and 
default  rates,  of  each  borrower  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking  information  (such 
as  macroeconomic  factors  including  Gross  Domestic  Product  growth  and  unemployment  rate  with 
adjustment  on  different  scenarios  of  economic  environment  prospect)  that  is  available  without  undue 
cost or effort.

Each  borrower  is  assigned  a  risk  grading  under  internal  credit  ratings  to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking  into 
consideration of the estimates of expected cash shortfalls which are driven by estimates of possibility of 
default and the amount and timing of cash flows that are expected from foreclosure on the collaterals 
(if  any)  less  the  costs  of  selling  the  collaterals.  At  every  reporting  date,  the  financial  background, 
financial  condition  and  the  historical  settlement  records  are  reassessed  and  changes  in  the  forward-
looking information are considered.

The  provision  of  ECL  is  sensitive  to  changes  in  estimates.  The  information  about  the  ECL  and  the 
Group’s loan and interest receivables are disclosed in Notes 38 and 23 respectively.

99

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 20195. 

REVENUE

Revenue from major products and services

The  Group’s  revenue  is  arising  from  petroleum  exploration  and  production,  money  lending  and 
investment in securities businesses.

An analysis of the Group’s revenue for the year is as follows:

Sales of petroleum
Interest income from money lending business*
Interest income from debt instruments at FVTOCI*
Dividend and interest income from financial assets at FVTPL

2019
HK$’000

24,171
25,971
9,316
1,102

2018
HK$’000

43,998
16,814
9,555
1,052

60,560

71,419

* 

Under effective interest method

During  the  year,  revenue  is  recognised  at  a  point  in  time  except  for  dividend  income  and  interest 
income which fall outside the scope of HKFRS 15.

Revenue from sales of petroleum is recognised once the control of the crude oil is transferred from the 
Group  to  the  customer.  Revenue  is  measured  based  on  the  oil  price  agreed  with  the  customer  at  the 
point of sales.

This is consistent with the revenue information disclosed for each operating segment.

6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION

The  following  is  an  analysis  of  the  Group’s  revenue  and  results  by  operating  segments,  based  on  the 
information provided to the chief operating decision maker representing the Board, for the purposes of 
allocating resources to segments and assessing their performance. This is also the basis upon which the 
Group is arranged and organised.

The Group’s operating segments under HKFRS 8 “Operating Segments” are as follows:

(i) 

Petroleum exploration and production

(ii)  Money lending

(iii) 

Investment in securities

100

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Segment revenue and results

The following is an analysis of the Group’s revenue and results by operating segments:

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Petroleum
exploration
and
production
HK$’000

Money
lending
HK$’000

Investment
in securities
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

24,171

25,971

10,418

60,560

(4,233)
(42,377)
–

25,963
–
(61,703)

(21,516)
–
56

214
(42,377)
(61,647)

Segment revenue
External sales/sources

Results
Segment results before provision  

of impairment loss and ECL
Provision of impairment loss
(Provision) reversal of ECL

Segment results

(46,610)

(35,740)

(21,460)

(103,810)

Other income and losses, net
Provision of impairment loss of 

property, plant and equipment and  
right-of-use assets
Corporate expenses
Finance costs

Loss before tax
Income tax expense

Loss for the year

Other information
Depreciation of property, plant  

(1,555)

(4,929)
(26,794)
(239)

(137,327)
(772)

(138,099)

and equipment

(3,715)

–

–

(3,715)

101

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Segment revenue and results (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2018

Petroleum
exploration
and
production
HK$’000

Money
lending
HK$’000

Investment
in securities
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

43,998

16,814

10,607

71,419

2,921
(3,383)
–

16,406
–
(5,613)

(71,167)
–
(395)

(51,840)
(3,383)
(6,008)

Segment revenue
External sales/sources

Results
Segment results before provision of 

impairment loss and ECL
Provision of Impairment loss
Provision of ECL

Segment results

(462)

10,793

(71,562)

(61,231)

Other income and losses, net
Corporate expenses
Net fair value changes on derivative 
component of convertible notes

Finance costs

Loss before tax
Income tax expense

Loss for the year

Other information
Depreciation of property, plant 

and equipment

(1,257)
(23,237)

(24,370)
(4,992)

(115,087)
(140)

(115,227)

(6,571)

–

–

(6,571)

The  accounting  policies  of  the  operating  segments  are  the  same  as  the  Group’s  accounting  policies 
described in Note 3. Segment results represent the loss incurred/profit earned by each segment without 
allocation  of  certain  other  income  and  losses,  net,  certain  impairment  loss  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment and right-of-use assets, corporate expenses, net fair value changes on derivative component 
of convertible notes, finance costs and income tax expense.

102

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Segment assets and liabilities

The following is an analysis of the Group’s assets and liabilities by reportable and operating segments:

Segment assets
Petroleum exploration and production
Money lending
Investment in securities

Total segment assets
Unallocated:

Property, plant and equipment
Bank balances and cash
Other assets

Consolidated assets

Segment liabilities
Petroleum exploration and production
Money lending
Investment in securities

Total segment liabilities
Unallocated:

Lease liabilities
Other liabilities

Consolidated liabilities

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

5,645
206,630
180,290

54,355
268,145
204,723

392,565

527,223

520
70,433
5,746

1,783
65,185
5,476

469,264

599,667

3,108
419
47

3,574

3,612
18,182

2,406
1,210
414

4,030

–
20,584

25,368

24,614

For the purposes of monitoring segment performances and allocating resources between segments:

• 

• 

all assets are allocated to operating segments other than certain property, plant and equipment, 
certain bank balances and cash and certain other assets; and

all  liabilities  are  allocated  to  operating  segments  other  than  lease  liabilities  and  certain  other 
liabilities.

103

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)

Geographical information

The Group’s operations are located in Argentina, Hong Kong and the PRC.

Information  about  the  Group’s  revenue  from  external  customers/sources  is  presented  based  on  the 
location of customers/sources. Information about the Group’s non-current assets is presented based on 
the geographical location of the assets.

Argentina
Hong Kong
The PRC

Revenue from external
customers/sources

Non-current
assets (Note)

Year ended 31 December

At 31 December

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

24,171
31,322
5,067

43,998
21,863
5,558

85
940
–

46,168
258
1,525

60,560

71,419

1,025

47,951

Note:  Non-current  assets  excluded  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI,  loan  and  interest  receivables  and  other  tax 

recoverables.

Information about major customers

Revenue  from  customer  of  petroleum  exploration  and  production  business  contributing  over  10%  of 
the total revenue of the Group for the corresponding years are as follows:

Customer A

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

24,171

43,998

104

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. 

OTHER INCOME AND LOSSES, NET

Bank interest income
Interest and other income from a securities broker
Exchange losses, net
Others

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

627
1
(2,120)
(117)

662
276
(2,157)
642

(1,609)

(577)

8. 

NET LOSS ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Net unrealised loss on financial assets at FVTPL (Note (i))
Net realised loss on disposal of financial assets at FVTPL (Note (ii))

2019
HK$’000

27,876
4,860

2018
HK$’000

55,237
25,399

32,736

80,636

Notes:

(i) 

Amount  represents  the  change  in  the  fair  values  of  the  securities  acquired  during  the  year  and/or  the 

carrying  amount  of  the  securities  brought  forward  from  the  prior  financial  year  after  accounting  for 

additional acquisition and/or disposal of the securities (if any) during the year as compared to the fair values 

of the financial assets at FVTPL held by the Group as of 31 December 2019 and 2018.

(ii) 

Amount  represents  the  change  in  the  fair  values  of  the  securities  acquired  during  the  year  and/or  the 

carrying  amount  of  the  securities  brought  forward  from  the  prior  financial  year  after  accounting  for 

additional acquisition of the securities (if any) during the year as compared to the fair values of the financial 

assets at FVTPL disposed of upon disposal.

105

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. 

PROVISION OF IMPAIRMENT LOSS OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND RIGHT-
OF-USE ASSETS

Provision of impairment loss of property, plant and  

equipment (Note 18)

Provision of impairment loss of right-of-use assets

10.  FINANCE COSTS

Interest on lease liabilities
Interest on convertible notes

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

43,777
3,529

47,306

3,383
–

3,383

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

239
–

239

–
4,992

4,992

106

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Tax charge for the year comprises:
Current tax

Hong Kong
The PRC
Argentina

– Withholding tax paid on interest income from a group entity

(Over)underprovision in prior year

Hong Kong
The PRC

Deferred tax (Note 29)

Income tax expense recognised in profit or loss

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

155
678

300

1,133

(70)
(54)

(124)
(237)

772

2,461
749

560

3,770

277
–

277
(3,907)

140

On  21  March  2018,  the  Hong  Kong  Legislative  Council  passed  the  Inland  Revenue  (Amendment)  (No. 
7) Bill 2017 (the “Bill”) which introduces the two-tiered profits tax rates regime. The Bill was signed into 
law  on  28  March  2018  and  was  gazetted  on  the  following  day.  Under  the  two-tiered  profits  tax  rates 
regime, the first HK$2 million of profits of the qualifying group entity will be taxed at 8.25%, and profits 
above HK$2 million will be taxed at 16.5%. The profits of group entities not qualifying for the two-tiered 
profits tax rates regime will continue to be taxed at a flat rate of 16.5%.

Accordingly, the Hong Kong profits tax of the qualifying group entity is calculated at 8.25% on the first 
HK$2 million of the estimated assessable profits and at 16.5% on the estimated assessable profits above 
HK$2 million.

Under the Law of the PRC on Enterprise Income Tax (the “EIT Law”) and Implementation Regulation of 
the EIT Law, the tax rate of the PRC subsidiaries is 25% for both years.

Argentina  withholding  tax  on  interest  income  received  from  an  Argentinean  subsidiary  by  the  Group 
was calculated at 35% on such income for both years.

107

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (continued)

The tax expense for the year can be reconciled to the loss before tax per the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss and other comprehensive income as follows:

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

Loss before tax

(137,327)

(115,087)

Tax at the applicable rates of 16.5% (2018: 16.5%)
Tax effect of income not taxable for tax purpose
Tax effect of expenses not deductible for tax purpose
Tax effect of taxable temporary difference not recognised
(Over)underprovision in prior year
Tax effect of tax losses not recognised
Withholding tax on interest income from a group entity
Income tax at concessionary rate
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in 

other jurisdictions

Income tax expense for the year

(22,659)
(1,179)
15,458
68
(124)
8,867
300
(155)

196

772

(18,989)
(6,109)
7,979
301
277
16,031
560
(165)

255

140

108

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.  LOSS FOR THE YEAR

Loss for the year has been arrived at after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Total depreciation

Staff costs

– directors’ emoluments (Note 13)
– other staff costs
– other staff’s retirement benefits schemes contributions 

(excluding directors)

Total staff costs

Auditor’s remuneration
Professional and consultancy fees

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

4,553
4,002

8,555

3,055
11,848

1,670

6,657
–

6,657

3,109
9,551

1,108

16,573

13,768

2,400
5,337

2,200
6,618

109

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S EMOLUMENTS

The  emoluments  paid  or  payable  to  each  of  the  nine  (2018:  nine)  directors,  disclosed  pursuant  to  the 
applicable Listing Rules and Hong Kong Companies Ordinance, were as follows:

Salaries
and other

Retirement
benefit
scheme
benefits contributions
HK$’000
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

Note

Fees
HK$’000

–
–
–
–

260

79
120
120
120

699

1,300
390
130
455

–

–
–
–
–

18
20
7
23

13

–
–
–
–

1,318
410
137
478

273

79
120
120
120

2,275

81

3,055

Name

2019
Executive Directors

Mr. Liu Zhiyi
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

Non-executive Director

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul

Independent Non-executive Directors

Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

Total

(i)

110

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S EMOLUMENTS (continued)

Name

2018
Executive Directors

Mr. Liu Zhiyi
Mr. Sue Ka Lok
Mr. Yiu Chun Kong
Mr. Chan Shui Yuen
Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul

Non-executive Director

Mr. Suen Cho Hung, Paul

Independent Non-executive Directors

Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond
Mr. Pun Chi Ping
Ms. Leung Pik Har, Christine
Mr. Kwong Tin Lap

Total

Salaries
and other
benefits
HK$’000

Retirement
benefit
scheme
contributions
HK$’000

Notes

Fees
HK$’000

–
–
–
–
–

120

120
120
120
5

485

(ii)

(ii)

(iii)

1,259
390
130
505
260

–

–
–
–
–

11
20
7
23
19

–

–
–
–
–

Total
HK$’000

1,270
410
137
528
279

120

120
120
120
5

2,544

80

3,109

The  emoluments  of  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  namely,  Mr.  Sue  Ka  Lok  (who  stepped  down  on  17 
January  2018)  and  Mr.  Liu  Zhiyi  (who  was  appointed  on  26  January  2018),  disclosed  above  included 
those for services rendered by each of them as chief executive.

Mr.  To  Yan  Ming,  Edmond  (“Mr.  To”),  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director,  passed  away  on  28 
August  2019.  Mr.  To  was  also  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  Corporate  Governance 
Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination Committee.

Mr.  Pun  Chi  Ping,  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director,  has  been  appointed  as  the  Chairman  of 
the  Audit  Committee  with  effect  from  2  September  2019;  and  Mr.  Kwong  Tin  Lap,  an  Independent 
Non-executive Director, has been appointed as the Chairman of the Corporate Governance Committee 
with effect from 2 September 2019.

111

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  DIRECTORS’ AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S EMOLUMENTS (continued)

The  executive  directors’  emoluments  shown  above  were  for  their  services  in  connection  with  the 
management  of  the  affairs  of  the  Company  and  the  Group.  The  emoluments  of  the  non-executive 
director  and  independent  non-executive  directors  shown  above  were  for  their  services  as  directors  of 
the Company.

Notes:

(i) 

Passed away on 28 August 2019

(ii) 

Re-designated from an executive director to a non-executive director on 1 July 2018

(iii) 

Appointed on 17 December 2018

During the year, no emoluments were paid by the Group to any directors as an inducement to join, or 
upon joining the Group or as compensation for loss of office. No directors waived any emoluments for 
both years.

14.  EMPLOYEES’ EMOLUMENTS

Of  the  five  individuals  with  the  highest  emoluments  in  the  Group,  one  (2018:  two)  is/are  director(s) 
whose  emoluments  are  included  in  the  disclosure  in  Note  13.  The  emoluments  of  the  remaining  four 
(2018: three) individuals were as follows:

Salaries and other benefits
Retirement benefits schemes contributions

Their emoluments were within the following bands:

Nil to HK$1,000,000
HK$1,000,001 to HK$1,500,000
HK$3,000,001 to HK$3,500,000

15.  DIVIDENDS

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

5,573
544

6,117

4,365
508

4,873

Number of employees

2019

2018

1
2
1

1
1
1

No  dividend  was  paid  or  proposed  for  the  years  ended  31  December  2019  and  2018,  nor  has  any 
dividend been proposed since the end of the reporting periods.

112

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  LOSS PER SHARE

Loss per share is calculated by dividing the loss for the year attributable to owners of the Company by 
the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

Loss:
Loss for the year attributable to the owners of the Company  

for the purpose of calculating basic loss per share

(138,099)

(115,227)

2019
’000

2018
’000

Number of shares:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose  

of calculating basic loss per share

5,240,344

5,103,586

The diluted loss per share for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2018 are not presented since the 
assumed exercise of the Company’s share options would result in a decrease in loss per share.

17.  EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS

Cost
At 1 January and 31 December

Impairment
At 1 January and 31 December

Carrying values
At 1 January

At 31 December

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

3,778,574

3,778,574

3,778,574

3,778,574

–

–

–

–

113

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17.  EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS (continued)

Exploration and evaluation assets are related to the oil exploration rights in the Chañares Herrados area 
(“CHE  Area”)  and  Puesto  Pozo  Cercado  area  (“PPC  Area”)  (together  the  “Concessions”)  in  the  Cuyana 
Basin,  Mendoza  Province  of  Argentina,  covering  a  total  surface  area  of  approximately  40.0  and  169.4 
square kilometres, respectively.

The  Concessions  were  awarded  to  Chañares  Energía  S.A.  (formerly  known  as  Chañares  Herrados 
Empresa de Trabajos Petroleros S.A.) (“Chañares”), the concessionaire. The terms of the Concessions are 
25  years  commencing  from  24  September  1992  and  26  June  1992,  respectively,  with  the  possibility  of 
obtaining a 10-year extension under certain conditions.

In 2011, Chañares obtained an extension of 10 years from the date of expiry of the original term of the 
Concessions under a decree dated 30 June 2011 issued by the Executive of the Province of Mendoza.

At  31  December  2015,  based  on  prevailing  available  information  on  oil  price  forecast,  investment 
costs  and  operating  costs,  the  Group  considered  the  future  development  of  the  investment  plan  on 
the  Concessions  using  methods  of  breakeven  analysis  and  investment  return  analysis  and  concluded 
that  it  was  not  economically  feasible  to  drill  any  new  wells.  Given  the  nature  of  the  Group’s  activities, 
information  on  the  fair  value  of  the  exploration  and  evaluation  assets  was  difficult  to  obtain  unless 
negotiation with potential purchasers were taking place such that no reliable fair value information in 
the market could be found. Therefore, in the opinion of the directors of the Company, the exploration 
and  evaluation  assets  were  fully  impaired  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2015.  At  31  December 
2016, the Group reconsidered the future development of the investment plan on the Concessions and 
concluded that no well drilling programme would be launched.

As  disclosed  in  the  announcement  of  the  Company  dated  15  August  2017,  the  Group  was  notified  by 
Chañares  that  the  Executive  of  the  Province  of  Mendoza  had  published  a  decree  on  9  August  2017 
declaring  the  lapse  of  the  concession  in  respect  of  the  PPC  Area  by  30  October  2017,  of  which  the 
exploration and evaluation assets in respect of the Group’s right over the hydrocarbon production was 
fully impaired during the year ended 31 December 2015. The Group was also notified by Chañares that 
the concession in respect of the CHE Area would be extended until 14 November 2027.

At  31  December  2017  and  31  December  2018,  the  Group  reconsidered  the  future  development  of  the 
investment  plan  on  the  concession  in  respect  of  the  CHE  Area  (the  “CHE  Concession”)  and  concluded 
that no further well drilling programme would be launched.

As  disclosed  in  the  announcement  of  the  Company  dated  24  May  2019,  the  Group  was  notified  by 
Chañares  that  the  Executive  of  the  Province  of  Mendoza  had  issued  a  decree  (the  “Decree”)  in  respect 
of the termination of the CHE Concession as Chañares had not fulfilled its investment commitment. The 
Decree did not state the effective date of the termination of the CHE Concession but stated that the CHE 
Concession would be made available for other investors to invest and operate under a formal bidding 
process to be conducted (the “Bidding Process”). Accordingly, in view of the forthcoming termination of 
the CHE Concession, the Group had not reconsidered the future development of the investment plan on 
the CHE Concession.

114

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201918.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Cost
At 1 January 2018
Additions
Written-off

At 31 December 2018
Additions
Acquired through acquisition of a subsidiary
Written-off
Exchange adjustment

Oil and gas
properties
HK$’000

Others
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

497,532
–
–

497,532
–
–
–
–

2,212
1,540
(3)

3,749
117
880
(37)
(26)

499,744
1,540
(3)

501,281
117
880
(37)
(26)

At 31 December 2019

497,532

4,683

502,215

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2018
Provided for the year
Provision of impairment loss
Eliminated on written-off

At 31 December 2018
Provided for the year
Provision of impairment loss
Eliminated on written-off
Exchange adjustment

441,599
6,420
3,383
–

451,402
3,712
42,333
–
–

1,694
237
–
(3)

1,928
841
1,444
(37)
(13)

443,293
6,657
3,383
(3)

453,330
4,553
43,777
(37)
(13)

At 31 December 2019

497,447

4,163

501,610

Carrying values
At 31 December 2019

85

520

605

At 31 December 2018

46,130

1,821

47,951

115

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

As  described  in  Notes  17  and  32,  due  to  the  forthcoming  termination  of  CHE  Concession,  the  Group 
is  entitled  to  its  share  of  production  under  the  operation  agreement  signed  with  Chañares  until  the 
delivery  of  the  concession  to  the  new  concessionaire  which  is  expected  be  around  the  end  of  June 
2020 (the “Expected Delivery Date”) (the Expected Delivery Date will be delayed as the Bidding Process 
is  postponed).  In  view  of  the  concession  being  shortened  from  its  extended  expiry  in  November  2027 
to  the  Expected  Delivery  Date,  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  a  provision  of  impairment  loss 
on  the  oil  and  gas  properties  of  HK$42,333,000  was  recognised  and  the  oil  and  gas  properties  were 
depreciated  on  a  unit-of-production  basis  over  the  estimated  production  up  to  the  Expected  Delivery 
Date. For the year ended 31 December 2018, the oil and gas properties were depreciated on a unit-of-
production basis over the total proved reserve.

At  31  December  2018,  the  Group  carried  out  a  review  of  the  recoverable  amount  of  its  oil  and  gas 
properties,  having  regard  to  the  operating  results  of  its  developed  oil  and  gas  properties  in  the  oil 
field  in  Mendoza,  Argentina  and  the  expected  future  oil  prices  in  the  local  market.  According  to  the 
selling price of crude oil being offered to the Group during 2018 and the international oil price forecast 
released  by  the  U.S.  Energy  Information  Administration,  the  management  estimated  that  the  range  of 
crude  oil  selling  price  projected  for  the  next  five  years  (i.e.  2019  to  2023)  would  be  in  the  range  from 
US$47.15  to  US$79.41  per  barrel,  which  was  lower  than  the  forecasted  range  of  crude  oil  selling  price 
estimated last year. As such, primarily owing to a drop in the forecasted range of crude oil selling price 
of the next five years, a provision of impairment loss on the oil and gas properties of HK$3,383,000 was 
recognised in profit or loss. The recoverable amount of the oil and gas cash-generating unit amounting 
to HK$47,190,000 was determined on the basis of its value in use, which was based on the discounted 
cash  flow  projections  derived  from  production  reserves  covering  the  current  term  of  the  concession 
period  until  2027  and  the  estimated  future  oil  prices  with  a  discount  rate  of  17.80%.  Significant 
estimates  adopted  including  the  discount  rate,  production  decline  rates  and  expected  changes  in 
future oil prices. If the pre-tax discount rate was used, it would be 19.56%. Should the expected future 
oil  price  increase/decrease  by  10%,  the  Group  would  have  recognised  reversal  of  impairment  loss  of 
HK$7,069,000 and provision of impairment loss of HK$14,225,000 respectively in respect of the oil and 
gas properties.

The remaining items of property, plant and equipment were depreciated on a straight-line basis at 20% 
to 331/3% per annum after taking into account their estimated residual values.

116

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201919.  RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS

Carrying amount
At 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2019

For the year ended 31 December 2019
Depreciation charge

Impairment loss recognised

Expense relating to short-term leases and other leases with lease terms end  

within 12 months from the date of initial application of HKFRS 16

Total cash outflow for leases

Buildings
HK$’000

–

7,645

4,002

3,529

210

4,366

For  both  years,  the  Group  leases  buildings  for  its  operations.  Lease  contracts  are  entered  into  for  a 
fixed  term  of  one  to  three  years,  but  may  have  termination  option  as  described  below.  Lease  terms 
are  negotiated  on  an  individual  basis  and  contain  a  wide  range  of  different  terms  and  conditions.  In 
determining the lease term  and assessing the length of the non-cancellable  period, the Group  applies 
the definition of a contract and determines the period for which the contract is enforceable.

The Group regularly entered into short-term leases for buildings. At 31 December 2019, the portfolio of 
short-term  leases  is  similar  to  the  portfolio  of  short-term  leases  which  related  to  the  short-term  lease 
expense disclosed above.

The  Group  has  termination  option  in  a  lease  for  buildings.  This  is  used  to  maximise  operational 
flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. This termination option held 
is  exercisable  only  by  the  Group  and  not  by  the  lessor.  The  Group  reassessed  the  lease  term  at  the 
reporting date and concluded it is reasonably certain not to exercise this termination option.

Restrictions or covenants on leases

The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the equity interests in the leased assets 
that are held by the lessors. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

117

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. 

INTANGIBLE ASSET

Cost and carrying values
At 1 January 2018 and 31 December 2018
Additions (Note)

At 31 December 2019

Vehicle 
license
HK$’000

–
420

420

Note:  The  Group  purchased  the  motor  vehicle  and  vehicle  license  through  the  acquisition  of  a  subsidiary.  Other 

than  the  motor  vehicle  (as  included  in  property,  plant  and  equipment)  and  vehicle  license,  there  were  no 

significant assets and liabilities owned by this subsidiary at the date of completion of acquisition.

The directors are of the opinion that the vehicle license has indefinite useful life as the vehicle license 
is  transferable  and  renewable  with  minimal  cost,  which  is  therefore  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated 
impairment, if any. The directors had assessed that there was no impairment on the vehicle license at 31 
December 2019 with reference to the recently completed transaction prices.

21.  DEBT INSTRUMENTS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Listed investments, at fair value:

– Debt securities listed in Hong Kong or overseas with fixed  
interests ranging from 4.70% to 11.75% (2018: 4.70% to 
8.75%) per annum and maturity dates ranging from 19 July 
2020 to 28 June 2025 (2018: 13 February 2019 to 28 June 
2025)

Analysed as:
Current portion
Non-current portion

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

141,826

130,330

18,804
123,022

14,622
115,708

141,826

130,330

118

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21.  DEBT  INSTRUMENTS  AT  FAIR  VALUE  THROUGH  OTHER  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME 

(continued)

At  31  December  2019  and  2018,  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  were  stated  at  fair  values  which  were 
determined  based  on  the  quoted  market  closing  prices  available  on  the  Stock  Exchange  or  other 
recognised stock exchanges.

Debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  are  listed  bonds  with  the  credit  loss  allowance  measured  on  ECL  basis 
as  the  credit  risks  on  financial  instruments  have  not  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition. 
The  Group  assessed  the  ECL  for  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  by  reference  to  credit  rating  of  the  bond 
investment by rating agencies, macroeconomic factors affecting the respective industry for each issuer, 
corporate historical default and loss rate and exposure at default of each bond investment.

Reversal  of  ECL  of  HK$56,000  (2018:  provision  of  ECL  of  HK$395,000)  was  recognised  for  the  current 
year.

Details of impairment assessment are set out in Note 38.

All debt instruments at FVTOCI were denominated in US$.

22.  OTHER TAX RECOVERABLES

Pursuant  to  the  relevant  rules  and  regulation  in  Argentina,  value-added  tax  on  expenditure  incurred 
in  drilling  and  purchase  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  relating  to  the  petroleum  exploration  and 
production  operation  in  Argentina  can  be  used  to  offset  future  value-added  tax  on  sales  made.  The 
management  estimated  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  value-added  tax  based  on  the  future  sales  of 
petroleum which the Group expects with reference to the current oil production from the existing wells. 
The directors of the Company expect that an amount of HK$881,000 (2018: HK$1,230,000) and nil (2018: 
HK$315,000) will be recovered from the sales of petroleum within and after twelve months from the end 
of  the  reporting  period  respectively,  accordingly,  such  amounts  were  classified  as  current  assets  and 
non-current assets respectively.

119

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201923.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES

Fixed-rate loan receivables
Interest receivables

Less: Impairment allowance

Analysed as:
Current portion
Non-current portion

Analysed as:
Guaranteed (unsecured)
Secured
Unsecured

2019
HK$’000

241,365
13,078

254,443
(68,755)

2018
HK$’000

250,997
7,707

258,704
(7,052)

185,688

251,652

152,688
33,000

251,652
–

185,688

251,652

–
158,619
27,069

46,535
167,349
37,768

185,688

251,652

At  31  December  2019,  the  range  of  interest  rate  and  maturity  dates  attributed  to  the  Group’s 
performing loan receivables were 8% to 18% (2018: 10% to 18%) per annum and from 12 March 2020 to 
15 March 2022 (2018: 3 January 2019 to 16 November 2019) respectively.

Before  granting  loans  to  borrowers,  the  Group  uses  internal  credit  assessment  process  to  assess  the 
potential  borrower’s  credit  quality  and  defines  the  credit  limits  granted  to  the  borrowers.  The  credit 
limits attributed to the borrowers are reviewed by the management regularly.

120

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

Impairment assessment

In  assessing  whether  the  credit  risk  has  increased  significantly  since  initial  recognition,  the  Group 
compares  the  risk  of  a  default  occurring  on  the  financial  instrument  at  the  reporting  date  with  the 
one  at  the  date  of  initial  recognition.  In  making  this  assessment,  the  loan  and  interest  receivables 
from  borrowers  are  assessed  individually  by  the  management  of  the  Group,  based  on  the  financial 
background,  financial  condition  and  the  historical  settlement  records,  including  past  due  dates  and 
default  rates,  of  each  borrower  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking  information  that  is 
available  without  undue  cost  or  effort.  Each  borrower  is  assigned  a  risk  grading  under  internal  credit 
ratings  to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking  into  consideration  the  estimates  of  expected  cash  shortfalls  which 
are  driven  by  estimates  of  possibility  of  default  and  the  expected  loss  given  default  including  taking 
into account the amount and timing of cash flows that are expected from foreclosure on the collaterals 
(if  any)  less  the  costs  of  selling  the  collaterals.  At  every  reporting  date,  the  financial  background, 
financial condition and the historical settlement records of each borrower are reassessed and changes 
in the forward-looking information are considered.

At  31  December  2019,  included  in  the  Group’s  loan  and  interest  receivables  balance  are  debtors  with 
aggregate carrying amount of HK$59,420,000 which are past due as at the reporting date, which mainly 
includes HK$33,879,000 has been past due more than 30 days but less than 90 days and HK$24,532,000 
has been past due 90 days or more. The directors of the Company considers those past due more than 
90 days as credit-impaired.

At 31 December 2018, all the Group’s loan and interest receivables balance were not past due.

The  exposure  of  the  Group’s  loan  and  interest  receivables  and  their  contractual  maturity  dates  are  as 
follows:

Loan and interest receivables:
Within one year
In more than one year but not more than two years

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

152,688
33,000

251,652
–

185,688

251,652

121

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

Impairment assessment (continued)

The Group is not permitted to sell or repledge the collaterals in the absence of default by the borrowers. 
There  have  not  been  any  significant  changes  in  the  quality  of  the  collateral  held  for  the  loan  and 
interest receivables.

The movement of impairment allowance on loan and interest receivables for the year was as follows:

Lifetime ECL
(not credit-
impaired)
HK$’000

Lifetime ECL
(credit-
impaired)
HK$’000

12m ECL
HK$’000

Total
HK$’000

1,439

2,771

2,842

7,052

1,439

2,771

2,796

7,006

–

–

–

–

(4,808)

4,808

–

–
(40)

348

54,268
–

54,271
(40)

7,124

7,472

At 1 January 2018
Changes due to loan and interest 

receivables recognised at 
1 January 2018:
– Impairment allowance recognised

New loans granted during the year 

(Note (i))

At 31 December 2018
Changes due to loan and interest 

receivables recognised at 
1 January 2019:
– Transfer to credit-impaired  

(Note (ii))

– Impairment allowance recognised  

(Note (ii))

– Impairment allowance reversed
New loans granted during the year  

(Note (iii))

–

–

46

46

–

3
–

–

At 31 December 2019

49

2,506

66,200

68,755

122

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.  LOAN AND INTEREST RECEIVABLES (continued)

Impairment assessment (continued)

Notes:

(i) 

The  impairment  loss  of  HK$2,796,000  was  related  to  loan  and  interest  receivables  with  gross  carrying 

amount of HK$52,746,000 transferred from 12m ECL to lifetime ECL (not credit-impaired).

(ii) 

The  impairment  loss  of  HK$54,268,000  was  related  to  loan  and  interest  receivables  with  gross  carrying 

amount  of  HK$41,848,000  transferred  from  12m  ECL  to  lifetime  ECL  (credit-impaired),  and  HK$78,420,000 

transferred from lifetime ECL (not credit-impaired) to lifetime ECL (credit-impaired).

(iii) 

The  impairment  loss  of  HK$7,472,000  was  related  to  loan  and  interest  receivables  with  gross  carrying 

amount  of  HK$15,524,000,  which  mainly  comprised  loan  and  interest  receivables  of  HK$7,124,000 

transferred from 12m ECL to lifetime ECL (credit-impaired), and HK$5,907,000 transferred from 12m ECL to 

lifetime ECL (not credit-impaired).

No loan and interest receivables were derecognised during both years.

Details of ECL assessment are set out in Note 38.

123

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201924.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES AND PREPAYMENTS

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

Trade receivables (Note (i))
Deposits and prepayments
Deposits held for petroleum exploration and production operation
Others (Note (ii))

1,261
4,693
1,676
1,666

1,060
5,001
3,265
3,454

9,296

12,780

Notes:

(i) 

The  oil  selling  price  for  the  Argentina  operation  is  quoted  in  US$  and  converted  into  ARS  for  invoicing. 

The  Group  allows  an  average  credit  period  of  30  to  60  days.  The  trade  receivables  of  HK$1,261,000  (2018: 

HK$1,060,000) were neither past due nor impaired and aged within 30 days based on the invoice date. At 1 

January 2018, trade receivables from contracts with customers amounted to HK$2,253,000.

Before accepting any new customer, the Group assesses the potential customer’s credit quality and defines 

credit limits by customer. Limits and credit quality attributed to customers are reviewed regularly.

Details of impairment assessment of trade receivables are set out in Note 38.

(ii) 

The  amount  included  HK$1,405,000  (2018:  HK$2,578,000)  placed  with  securities  brokers  in  relation  to 

securities trading activities in Hong Kong.

(iii) 

No ECL had been recognised on other receivables (Note 38) as the directors of the Company considered that 

the amount was immaterial.

Included  in  trade  and  other  receivables  were  the  following  amounts  denominated  in  currencies  other 
than the functional currency of the relevant group entities:

2019
HK$’000

1,836
887

2018
HK$’000

4,727
887

ARS
US$

124

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS

Listed investments, at fair value:

– Equity securities listed in Hong Kong

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

37,059

71,816

Listed equity securities were stated at fair values which were determined based on the quoted market 
closing prices available on the Stock Exchange.

26.  BANK BALANCES AND CASH

Bank balances carried interest ranging from 0.01% to 3.00% (2018: 0.01% to 2.25%) per annum.

In  addition,  included  in  the  bank  balances  and  cash  were  the  following  amounts  denominated  in 
currencies other than the functional currency of the relevant group entities:

ARS
US$
RMB

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

632
5,064
10

1,879
4,493
30

125

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27.  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Other tax payables
Accrued professional fees
Other payables and accruals

2019
HK$’000

866
1,644
10,719
3,684

2018
HK$’000

338
3,885
10,865
4,038

16,913

19,126

The following is an aged analysis of trade payables, presented based on the invoice date, at the end of 
the reporting period:

0 – 30 days

The average credit period on purchases of goods was 30 days.

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

866

338

All the other payables were unsecured, interest-free and expected to be settled within one year.

Included in trade and other payables were the following amount denominated in currencies other than 
the functional currency of the relevant group entities:

2019
HK$’000

2,566
390

2018
HK$’000

4,499
504

ARS
US$

126

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28.  LEASE LIABILITIES

Lease liabilities payable within one year

2019
HK$’000

3,612

Included  in  lease  obligations  were  the  following  amount  denominated  in  currency  other  than  the 
functional currency of the relevant group entities:

ARS

29.  DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES

2019
HK$’000

54

The  movement  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  recognised  and  movements  thereon  during  the  current  and 
prior years were as follows:

At 1 January 2018
Credited to profit or loss (Note 11)

At 31 December 2018
Credited to profit or loss (Note 11)

At 31 December 2019

Temporary 
difference
related to net
unrealised gain on
financial assets
at FVTPL
HK$’000

4,191
(3,907)

284
(237)

47

At  31  December  2019,  the  Group  had  unused  tax  losses  of  HK$150,683,000  (2018:  HK$148,964,000) 
available  for  offset  against  future  profits.  No  deferred  tax  asset  has  been  recognised  in  respect  of  the 
unused tax losses due to the unpredictability of future profit streams. Included in unused tax losses are 
losses of HK$17,073,000 (2018: HK$52,020,000) that will expire within five years. All other tax losses may 
be carried forward indefinitely.

127

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30.  SHARE CAPITAL

Number
of ordinary
shares
’000

Share
capital
HK$’000

Authorised:

Ordinary shares of HK$0.01 each
At 1 January 2018, 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019

100,000,000

1,000,000

Issued and fully paid:

Ordinary shares of HK$0.01 each
At 1 January 2018
Issue of shares upon conversion of convertible notes (Note)

5,018,122
222,222

50,181
2,222

At 31 December 2018 and 31 December 2019

5,240,344

52,403

Note:  During  the  year  ended  31  December  2018,  convertible  notes  with  aggregate  principal  amount  of 

HK$80,000,000  were  converted  into  ordinary  shares  at  the  conversion  price  of  HK$0.36  per  share  and 

222,222,222 ordinary shares of HK$0.01 each were issued.

All ordinary shares issued by the Company during the year ended 31 December 2018 ranked pari passu 
with the then existing ordinary shares in all respects.

128

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME

The  existing  share  option  scheme  of  the  Company  (the  “Share  Option  Scheme”)  was  adopted  by  the 
Company  at  the  annual  general  meeting  of  the  Company  held  on  22  June  2016.  Unless  otherwise 
cancelled  or  amended,  the  Share  Option  Scheme  will  be  valid  and  effective  for  a  period  of  ten  years 
commencing on the date of adoption. The purpose of the Share Option Scheme is to enable the Group 
to grant options to the participants as incentives or rewards for their contribution to the Group or any 
entity  in  which  the  Group  holds  any  equity  interest  (the  “Invested  Entity”).  Eligible  participants  of  the 
Share  Option  Scheme  include  any  employees  of  any  member  of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity;  any 
directors (including executive, non-executive and independent non-executive directors) of any member 
of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity;  any  supplier  of  goods  or  services  to  any  member  of  the  Group  or 
any  Invested  Entity;  any  customer  of  any  member  of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity;  any  person  or 
entity that provides research, development or other technological support to any member of the Group 
or  any  Invested  Entity;  any  consultant  or  adviser  of  any  member  of  the  Group  or  any  Invested  Entity; 
and any shareholder of any member of the Group or any Invested Entity or any holder of any securities 
issued by any member of the Group or any Invested Entity.

The  offer  of  a  grant  of  share  options  shall  remain  open  for  acceptance  by  the  participant  concerned 
for  a  period  of  fifteen  (15)  business  days  from  the  date  of  grant  provided  that  no  such  offer  shall  be 
open  for  acceptance  after  the  expiry  of  the  option  period  or  after  the  Share  Option  Scheme  has  been 
terminated. The amount payable by each grantee of options to the Company on acceptance of the offer 
for the grant of options is HK$1.00.

The  subscription  price  for  the  shares  on  the  exercise  of  options  under  the  Share  Option  Scheme  shall 
be  a  price  determined  by  the  Board  in  its  absolute  discretion  at  the  time  of  the  grant  of  the  relevant 
option (and shall be stated in the letter containing the offer of the grant of the option) but in any case 
the  subscription  price  shall  not  be  less  than  the  higher  of:  (i)  the  closing  price  of  the  shares  as  stated 
in  the  Stock  Exchange’s  daily  quotations  sheet  on  the  date  of  grant  which  must  be  a  business  day;  (ii) 
the average closing price of the shares as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheets for the 
five business days immediately preceding the date of grant; and (iii) the nominal value of the share. The 
exercise  period  of  the  share  options  granted  is  determined  by  the  Board  but  in  any  event,  no  longer 
than ten years from the date of grant.

The  total  number  of  shares  issued  and  to  be  issued  upon  exercise  of  the  options  granted  to  each 
participant,  together  with  all  options  granted  and  to  be  granted  to  the  participant  under  any  other 
share  option  scheme(s)  of  the  Company  within  the  12-month  period  immediately  preceding  the 
proposed date of grant (including exercised, cancelled and outstanding options) shall not exceed 1% of 
the total number of the shares in issue at the proposed date of grant. Any further grant of options to a 
participant in excess of the 1% limit shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders with 
such participant and the participant’s associates abstaining from voting.

129

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201931.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME (continued)

The limit on the total number of shares which may be issued upon exercise of all outstanding options 
granted and yet to be exercised under the Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme(s) 
of  the  Company  must  not  exceed  30%  of  the  total  number  of  the  shares  in  issue  from  time  to  time. 
In  addition,  the  total  number  of  the  shares  which  may  be  issued  upon  exercise  of  all  options  to  be 
granted under the Share Option Scheme, together with all options to be granted under any other share 
option scheme(s) of the Company (excluding lapsed options), must not represent more than 10% of the 
total  number  of  the  shares  in  issue  at  the  date  of  approval  of  the  Share  Option  Scheme  (the  “Scheme 
Mandate  Limit”)  or  at  the  date  of  the  approval  of  the  refreshed  Scheme  Mandate  Limit  as  the  case 
maybe.

On  4  May  2017,  the  Company  granted  share  options  to  eligible  persons  to  subscribe  for  a  total  of 
436,710,000 ordinary shares of the Company under the Share Option Scheme. The exercise price of the 
options granted is HK$0.53 per share and the exercisable period is from 4 May 2017 to 3 May 2020 (both 
dates inclusive).

In the annual general meeting of the Company held on 22 June 2017, the shareholders of the Company 
approved  the  refreshment  of  the  Scheme  Mandate  Limit  (the  “Scheme  Mandate  Limit  Refreshment”). 
The  total  number  of  shares  of  the  Company  available  for  issue  under  the  Share  Option  Scheme  is 
436,712,182 shares as refreshed, representing approximately 10% of the issued shares of the Company 
as  at  the  date  of  approval  of  the  Scheme  Mandate  Limit  Refreshment  and  approximately  8.3%  of  the 
issued shares of the Company as at the date of this annual report.

130

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201931.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME (continued)

Details  of  the  movements  in  the  number  of  share  options  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2019 
under the Share Option Scheme were as follows:

Name or category
of participant

Date of grant

Exercisable period
(both dates 
inclusive)

Exercise
price
HK$
(Note (ii))

Outstanding
at
1 January 
2019

Granted
during
the year

Exercised
during
the year

Reclassified
during
the year

Cancelled/
lapsed
during
the year

Outstanding
at
31 December
2019

Directors:
Mr. Liu Zhiyi

4 May 2017

Mr. Sue Ka Lok

4 May 2017

Mr. Yiu Chun Kong

4 May 2017

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

4 May 2017

Mr. To Yan Ming, Edmond 

4 May 2017

(Note (iii))

Mr. Pun Chi Ping

4 May 2017

Ms. Leung Pik Har,  

4 May 2017

Christine

Employees:
In aggregate

4 May 2017

Others (Note (iii))

4 May 2017

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

0.53

43,500,000

0.53

22,800,000

0.53

600,000

0.53

900,000

0.53

300,000

0.53

300,000

0.53

300,000

68,700,000

0.53

368,010,000

0.53

–

436,710,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(300,000)

–

–

(300,000)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

43,500,000

22,800,000

600,000

900,000

–

300,000

300,000

68,400,000

–

–

368,010,000

300,000

–

300,000

–

–

436,710,000

131

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME (continued)

Details  of  the  movements  in  the  number  of  share  options  during  the  year  ended  31  December  2018 
under the Share Option Scheme were as follows:

Name or category
of participant

Date of grant

Exercisable period
(both dates 
inclusive)

Exercise
price
HK$
(Note (ii))

Outstanding
at
1 January 
2018

Granted
during
the year

Exercised
during
the year

Reclassified
during
the year

Cancelled/
lapsed
during
the year

Outstanding
at
31 December
2018

Directors:
Mr. Liu Zhiyi

4 May 2017

Mr. Sue Ka Lok

4 May 2017

Mr. Yiu Chun Kong

4 May 2017

Mr. Chan Shui Yuen

4 May 2017

Mr. To Yan Ming,  

4 May 2017

Edmond

Mr. Pun Chi Ping

4 May 2017

Ms. Leung Pik Har,  

4 May 2017

Christine

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

0.53

43,500,000

0.53

22,800,000

0.53

600,000

0.53

900,000

0.53

300,000

0.53

300,000

0.53

300,000

68,700,000

Employees:
In aggregate

4 May 2017

4 May 2017 -  
3 May 2020

0.53

368,010,000

436,710,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

43,500,000

22,800,000

600,000

900,000

300,000

300,000

300,000

68,700,000

368,010,000

436,710,000

132

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.  SHARE OPTION SCHEME (continued)

Notes:

(i) 

The share options granted are vested upon granted.

(ii) 

The  exercise  price  of  the  share  options  is  subject  to  adjustments  in  case  of  capitalisation  of  profits  or 

reserve,  bonus  issues,  rights  issue,  open  offer,  subdivision  or  consolidation  of  shares,  or  reduction  of  the 

share capital or other changes in the capital structure of the Company.

(iii)  Mr.  To,  an  Independent  Non-executive  Director,  passed  away  on  28  August  2019.  According  to  the  Share 

Option  Scheme,  the  legal  personal  representative  of  the  grantee  can  exercise  the  share  options  by  giving 

notice in writing to the Company, up to 31 December 2019, no such notification had been received.

No  share-based  payments  expense  was  recognised  during  the  years  ended  31  December  2019  and 
2018.

32. 

JOINT OPERATIONS

Chañares,  an  independent  third  party,  entered  into  a  joint  venture  agreement  (the  “2007  JV 
Agreement”)  with  another  independent  third  party  (the  “Third  Party”)  on  14  November  2007  in 
connection with the development of incremental hydrocarbons production in the Concessions, through 
the  investments  made  by  the  Third  Party.  Under  the  2007  JV  Agreement,  it  was  established  that  the 
hydrocarbons obtained from the wells drilled within the scope of the 2007 JV Agreement, as well as any 
other  benefit  obtained  from  the  exploration  and  production  of  the  works  performed  thereunder,  shall 
be distributed in the following proportion: 28% for Chañares and 72% for the Third Party.

A  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  Have  Result  Investments  Limited  (“Have  Result”),  entered 
into an agreement “Assignment of Rights, Investment and Technical Cooperation” with the Third Party 
dated 24 November 2007, as amended and/or supplemented by (i) a deed of undertaking executed by 
the Third Party on 12 December 2007; (ii) a supplementary deed of undertaking executed by the Third 
Party  on  28  December  2007;  and  (iii)  a  document  entitled  “Amendment  to  Contract  of  Assignment  of 
Rights,  Investment  and  Technical  Cooperation”  executed  by  and  between  the  Third  Party  and  Have 
Result,  dated  19  December  2008  (the  “Assignment  Agreement”).  Under  the  Assignment  Agreement, 
the  Third  Party  assigned  in  favour  of  Have  Result  51%  of  its  rights  on  the  future  production  as  a 
consequence  of  new  drillings  and  the  operation  of  new  wells  in  the  Concessions.  The  incremental 
hydrocarbon production derived from the new wells in the Concessions would first cover the operating 
costs  and  thereafter  was  shared  by  the  proportion  of  51%  to  Have  Result,  21%  to  the  Third  Party  and 
28%  to  Chañares.  As  from  the  date  the  wells  drilled  under  the  terms  of  the  Assignment  Agreement 
went  into  production,  the  Third  Party  should  also  reimburse  Have  Result  for  21%  of  the  aggregate 
investments made by Have Result in the Concessions.

133

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201932. 

JOINT OPERATIONS (continued)

On  2  December  2010,  Have  Result  sent  a  letter  to  the  Third  Party  acknowledging  the  notice  of  the 
termination  of  the  2007  JV  Agreement  (the  “Termination”)  while  as  advised  by  the  Argentina  legal 
advisers of the Company, notwithstanding the Termination, Have Result remains entitled to a 51% right 
in  the  production  from  the  five  existing  wells  drilled  by  Have  Result  in  the  Concessions  (the  “Existing 
Wells”),  provided  that  Have  Result  continues  to  pay  the  relevant  operating  costs  as  required  by  the 
production allocated to it.

On  2  December  2010,  another  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  Southstart  Limited,  and 
Chañares  entered  into  a  new  joint  venture  agreement  (the  “2010  JV  Agreement”),  pursuant  to  which, 
EP  Energy  S.A.  (“EP  Energy”),  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  is  entitled  to  share  72%  of 
hydrocarbon  production  from  the  wells  drilled  by  EP  Energy  in  the  current  and  future  years  until  the 
end of the Concessions period and paid US$6,000,000 (equivalent to approximately HK$46,800,000) to 
Chañares  in  consideration  for  the  oil  exploration  and  production  right  in  the  Concessions  during  the 
current term of the Concessions.

Pursuant to the 2010 JV Agreement, the total consideration for the oil exploration and production right 
was  subject  to  adjustment  with  reference  to  whether  or  not  Chañares  could  obtain  the  extension  of 
the  term  of  Concessions  (the  “Extension”)  by  31  December  2011.  On  14  July  2011,  the  Company  was 
informed  by  Chañares  that  the  Mendoza  Government  issued  a  decree,  pursuant  to  which  Chañares 
obtained  an  extension  of  10  years  from  the  date  of  expiry  of  the  original  term  of  the  Concessions 
until  2027.  EP  Energy  paid  an  aggregate  amount  of  US$4,000,000  (equivalent  to  approximately 
HK$31,200,000)  to  Chañares  in  consideration  for  the  oil  exploration  and  production  right  in  the 
Concessions  during  the  extended  term  of  the  Concessions.  A  sum  of  US$1,404,000  (equivalent  to 
approximately HK$10,952,000) was paid in 2011 and the remaining balance of US$2,596,000 (equivalent 
to approximately HK$20,248,000) was paid in 2012.

According  to  the  2010  JV  Agreement,  EP  Energy  is  obliged  to  drill  a  minimum  of  five  production 
wells  per  year  during  the  five  consecutive  years  from  2012,  and  two  production  wells  per  year  for  the 
following  years  until  the  seventh  year  before  the  expiration  of  the  extended  term  of  the  Concessions. 
Failure  to  meet  the  minimum  drilling  requirements  may  render  the  2010  JV  Agreement  to  be 
terminated and EP Energy will be forfeited any rights to continue drilling but it will not be forfeited any 
right in respect of the wells already drilled.

On  5  June  2012,  EP  Energy,  Have  Result  and  Chañares  entered  into  an  operation  agreement  (the 
“Operation Agreement”).

134

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201932. 

JOINT OPERATIONS (continued)

Pursuant  to  the  Operation  Agreement,  Chañares  agreed  to  release  EP  Energy  from  the  above 
commitment.  EP  Energy,  however,  retains  the  right  to  drill  and  invest  in  the  Concessions  during  the 
life  of  the  Concessions  awarded  with  respect  to  any  extension  thereof.  If  five  or  more  new  wells  are 
drilled  by  EP  Energy  in  a  year,  EP  Energy  shall  be  entitled  to  72%  and  Chañares  shall  be  entitled  to 
28%  of  the  hydrocarbon  production  of  the  new  wells;  and  if  less  than  five  new  wells  are  drilled  by 
EP  Energy  in  a  year,  EP  Energy  shall  be  entitled  to  65%  and  Chañares  shall  be  entitled  to  35%  of  the 
hydrocarbon  production  of  the  new  wells.  The  Operation  Agreement  confirms  that  the  hydrocarbon 
production of the existing five wells drilled by EP Energy shall continue to be distributed in accordance 
with the 2010 JV Agreement, i.e. 72% to EP Energy and 28% to Chañares. On the other hand, Chañares 
becomes entitled to be associated with third parties for carrying out any work or drilling any wells in the 
Concessions.

The Operation Agreement reconfirms that Have Result has the right to receive 51% of the hydrocarbon 
production obtained from the Existing Wells until the termination of the Concessions and any extension 
thereof.

In August 2017, the Group was notified by Chañares that the concession in respect of the PPC Area was 
lapsed, and the CHE Concession would be extended until 14 November 2027 (Note 17).

In  May  2019,  the  Group  was  notified  by  Chañares  that  the  CHE  Concession  had  been  terminated 
according  to  the  Decree  (Note  17).  Despite  this,  as  disclosed  in  the  announcement  of  the  Company 
dated 18 June 2019, the Company had been advised by its legal advisor in Argentina that, as stated in 
the  Decree,  before  the  successful  bidder  takes  over  the  concession,  Chañares  can  continue  to  operate 
in  the  CHE  Concession  under  the  same  contractual  conditions  previously  granted.  In  light  of  the 
advice from the legal advisor in Argentina and the Company’s understanding that Chañares continues 
to  operate  in  the  CHE  Concession  since  the  issuance  of  the  Decree,  the  Company  considers  that  the 
termination  of  the  CHE  Concession  contemplated  under  the  Decree  has  no  immediate  impact  on  the 
Group’s  operations  in  Argentina  unless  and  until  there  is  a  successful  bidder  who  takes  over  the  CHE 
Concession  after  the  Bidding  Process.  As  stated  in  the  Company’s  circular  dated  12  March  2020,  the 
Company  also  intends  to  submit  a  bid  offer  under  the  Bidding  Process.  Therefore,  the  directors  of  the 
Company  are  of  the  opinion  that  the  joint  operations  will  continue  until  the  Expected  Delivery  Date 
(Note 18).

135

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201932. 

JOINT OPERATIONS (continued)

The  aggregate  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses  recognised  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements in relation to the Group’s interest in the joint operations are as follows:

Assets
Liabilities
Revenue
Expenses

2019
HK$’000

5,645
3,108
24,171
70,781

2018
HK$’000

54,355
2,406
43,998
44,460

33.  RECONCILIATION OF LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

The table below details changes in the Group’s liabilities arising from financing activities, including both 
cash  and  non-cash  changes.  Liabilities  arising  from  financing  activities  are  those  for  which  cash  flows 
were, or future cash flows will be, classified in the Group’s consolidated statement of cash flows as cash 
flows from financing activities.

At 1 January 2018
Financing cash flows
Interest expense
Conversion of convertible notes

At 31 December 2018
Adjustment upon application of HKFRS 16

At 1 January 2019 (restated)
Financing cash flows
Exchange adjustment
Interest expense

At 31 December 2019

Lease
liabilities
HK$’000

Convertible
notes
HK$’000

–
–
–
–

–
7,645

7,645
(4,156)
(116)
239

3,612

76,145
(1,917)
4,992
(79,220)

–
–

–
–
–
–

–

Total
HK$’000

76,145
(1,917)
4,992
(79,220)

–
7,645

7,645
(4,156)
(116)
239

3,612

136

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34.  OPERATING LEASE

Minimum lease payments paid under operating leases

2018
HK$’000

2,735

The  Group  had  commitments  for  future  minimum  lease  payments  under  non-cancellable  operating 
leases falling due as follows:

Within one year
In the second to fifth year, inclusive

2018
HK$’000

4,366
4,051

8,417

At  31  December  2018,  the  Group  leased  its  office  properties  and  buildings  under  operating  lease 
arrangements. Leases for properties were negotiated for terms of three years.

35.  RETIREMENT BENEFIT SCHEMES

The Group contributes to MPF Scheme for all qualifying employees in Hong Kong under the Mandatory 
Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance (Chapter 485 of the Laws of Hong Kong). Contributions to the MPF 
Scheme  by  the  Group  and  the  employees  are  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  employee’s  relevant 
income.  The  retirement  benefit  scheme  costs  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  represent  contributions 
payable by the Group to the schemes. The assets of the MPF Scheme are held separately from those of 
the Group in independently administered funds.

The  Group  also  participates  in  the  employees’  pension  scheme  of  the  respective  municipal 
governments  in  the  countries  where  the  Group  operates.  The  Group  makes  monthly  contributions 
calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  monthly  basic  salary  and  the  relevant  municipal  government 
undertakes to assume the retirement benefit obligations of all existing and future retirees of the Group.

The  Group  has  no  other  obligations  for  the  payment  of  pension  and  other  post-retirement  benefits  of 
employees other than the above contributions payments.

The  total  expense  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  of  HK$1,751,000  (2018:  HK$1,188,000)  represents 
contribution paid/payable to these schemes by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the schemes.

137

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Compensation of key management personnel

The remuneration of directors and other members of key management during the year was as follows:

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

8,547
625

9,172

7,845
594

8,439

The  remuneration  of  directors  and  key  management  is  determined  by  the  Remuneration  Committee 
having regard to the competence, performance and experience of the individuals and prevailing market 
terms.

37.  CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The  Group’s  objectives  when  managing  capital  are  to  safeguard  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a 
going  concern  in  order  to  provide  returns  for  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other  stakeholders  and  to 
maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain the capital structure, the Group will balance its overall capital structure through the 
payment of dividends, new share issues as well as raise of new debts.

The  Group  does  not  have  a  target  gearing  ratio,  but  has  a  policy  of  maintaining  a  flexible  financing 
structure so as to be able to take advantage of new investment opportunities that may arise.

38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Financial risk management objectives

Financial  instruments  are  fundamental  to  the  Group’s  daily  operations.  The  Group’s  major  financial 
instruments  include  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI,  trade  and  other  receivables,  loan  and  interest 
receivables, financial assets at FVTPL, bank balances and cash and trade and other payables. Details of 
these financial instruments are disclosed in the respective notes. The risks associated with the financial 
instruments and the policies on how to mitigate these risks are set out below. The management of the 
Group  manages  and  monitors  these  exposures  to  ensure  appropriate  measures  are  implemented  on  a 
timely and effective manner.

138

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Financial assets at FVTPL
Financial assets at amortised cost
Debt instruments at FVTOCI

Financial liabilities
Amortised cost

Interest rate risk

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

37,059
284,984
141,826

71,816
345,048
130,330

463,869

547,194

1,663

1,693

The  Group  is  exposed  to  fair  value  interest  rate  risk  in  relation  to  loan  and  interest  receivables,  debt 
instruments  at  FVTOCI  and  lease  liabilities.  The  Group  is  also  exposed  to  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk 
relates primarily to the Group’s short-term deposits placed with banks and variable-rate bank balances 
that  are  interest-bearing  at  market  interest  rates.  The  Group  currently  does  not  have  an  interest  rate 
hedging  policy.  However,  the  management  monitors  interest  rate  exposure  and  will  consider  hedging 
significant interest rate exposure should the need arise.

Total interest revenue/income from financial assets that are measured at amortised cost or at FVTOCI is 
as follows:

Interest revenue

Financial assets at amortised cost
Debt instruments at FVTOCI
Other income and losses, net

Financial assets at amortised cost

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

25,971
9,316

16,814
9,555

627

662

Revenue/interest income under effective interest method

35,914

27,031

139

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Interest rate risk (continued)

The  Group’s  sensitivity  to  interest  rate  risk  has  been  determined  based  on  the  exposure  to  interest 
rates  for  bank  balances  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  and  the  reasonably  possible  change  taking 
place  at  the  beginning  of  each  year  and  held  constant  throughout  the  year.  If  interest  rates  on  bank 
balances  had  been  50  basis  points  higher/lower  and  all  other  variables  were  held  constant,  loss  after 
tax for the year ended 31 December 2019 of the Group would decrease/increase by HK$462,000 (2018: 
HK$418,000).

If  interest  rates  had  been  50  basis  points  higher  or  lower  and  all  other  variables  were  held  constant, 
the  Group’s  other  comprehensive  income  (2018:  other  comprehensive  expense)  for  the  year  ended  31 
December  2019  would  increase/decrease  by  HK$592,000  (2018:  decrease/increase  HK$544,000)  as  a 
result of the changes in the fair value of debt instruments at FVTOCI.

Foreign currency risk management

Several  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  have  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies 
which  expose  the  Group  to  foreign  currency  risk.  During  the  year  under  review,  the  Group  had  not 
experienced  any  significant  exchange  rate  exposure  to  US$  as  HK$  and  US$  exchange  rate  is  pegged. 
Besides, the Group continuously monitors foreign exchange exposure of RMB and will consider a formal 
foreign currency hedging policy for it should the needs arise. As for the Group’s petroleum operation in 
Argentina, the oil selling proceeds are quoted at US$ and converted into ARS for settlement at official 
exchange  rate  on  a  monthly  basis,  and  a  majority  of  the  investment  and  operating  costs  including 
infrastructure and equipment, drilling costs, completion costs and workover jobs are based on US$ and 
converted into ARS for payments. The Group currently does not have a formal foreign currency hedging 
policy  for  ARS,  however,  the  management  regularly  monitors  foreign  exchange  exposure  of  ARS  and 
will undertake appropriate hedging measures should significant exposures arise.

The  carrying  amounts  of  the  group  entities’  foreign  currency  denominated  monetary  assets  and 
monetary liabilities, at the reporting date were as follows:

Assets

Liabilities

2019
HK$’000

2,468
147,777
10

2018
HK$’000

6,606
135,710
30

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

(2,620)
(390)
–

(4,499)
(504)
–

ARS
US$
RMB

140

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Foreign currency risk management (continued)

Foreign currency sensitivity

The  following  table  details  the  Group’s  sensitivity  to  10%  increase  and  decrease  in  HK$  against  the 
relevant foreign currencies. Under the pegged exchange rate system, the financial impact on exchange 
difference between HK$ and US$ will be immaterial as most US$ denominated monetary assets are held 
by group entities having HK$ as their functional currency, and therefore no sensitivity analysis has been 
prepared against US$.

Sensitivity  rate  of  10%  is  used  when  reporting  foreign  currency  risk  internally  to  key  management 
personnel  and  represents  management’s  assessment  of  the  reasonably  possible  change  in  foreign 
exchange  rates.  The  sensitivity  analysis  includes  only  outstanding  foreign  currency  denominated 
monetary items and adjusts their translation at the year end for a 10% change in foreign currency rates. 
The  analysis  represents  the  sensitivity  of  trade  payables,  trade  receivables  and  bank  balances  that  are 
denominated  in  ARS  and  RMB,  the  Group’s  major  foreign  currency  items.  A  positive  number  below 
indicates  an  increase  in  loss  after  tax  where  Hong  Kong  dollars  strengthen  10%  (2018:  10%)  against 
the  relevant  currencies.  For  a  10%  (2018:  10%)  weakening  of  Hong  Kong  dollars  against  the  relevant 
currencies, there would be an equal and opposite impact on the loss after tax.

ARS impact
2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

RMB impact
2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

Increase in loss after tax

(11)

137

1

3

In  management’s  opinion,  the  sensitivity  analysis  reflects  the  exposure  at  the  year  end,  but  not  the 
exposure during the year.

Other price risk

The  Group  is  exposed  to  price  risk  from  investments  in  listed  equity  securities.  The  management 
manages this exposure by maintaining a portfolio of investments with different risk profiles.

Sensitivity analysis

The  sensitivity  analysis  below  has  been  determined  based  on  the  exposure  to  equity  price  risk  at  the 
reporting date.

If equity prices had been 20% higher/lower, loss after tax for the year ended 31 December 2019 would 
decrease/increase  by  HK$6,189,000  (2018:  HK$11,993,000)  as  a  result  of  the  change  in  fair  value  of 
financial assets at FVTPL.

141

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment

Credit  risk  refers  to  the  risk  that  the  Group’s  counterparties  default  on  their  contractual  obligations 
resulting  in  financial  losses  to  the  Group.  The  Group’s  credit  risk  exposures  are  primarily  attributable 
to  trade  and  other  receivables,  loan  and  interest  receivables,  bank  balances  and  debt  instruments  at 
FVTOCI.  The  Group  does  not  hold  any  collateral  or  other  credit  enhancements  to  cover  its  credit  risks 
associated with its financial assets, except that the credit risks associated with certain loan and interest 
receivables are mitigated because they are secured by collaterals.

The Group’s internal credit risk grading assessment comprises the following categories:

Internal 
credit rating

Description

Trade 
receivables

Financial assets 
other than trade 
receivables

Low risk

The counterparty has a low risk of 
default and does not have any past-due 
amounts

Lifetime ECL – not 
credit-impaired

12m ECL

Medium risk

Debtor frequently settles after due dates

Lifetime ECL – not 
credit-impaired

12m ECL

High risk

Loss

Write-off

There have been significant increases 
in credit risk since initial recognition 
through information developed 
internally or external resources

Lifetime ECL – not 
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL – not 
credit-impaired

There is evidence indicating the asset is 
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  
credit-impaired

Lifetime ECL –  
credit-impaired

There is evidence indicating that the 
debtor is in severe financial difficulty and 
the Group has no realistic prospect of 
recovery

Amount is  
written off

Amount is  
written off

142

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

The table below details the credit risk exposures of the Group’s financial assets, which are subject to ECL 
assessment:

External 
credit rating

Internal 
credit rating

12m or 
lifetime ECL

2019
Gross 
carrying 
amount
HK$’000

2018
Gross 
carrying 
amount
HK$’000

Debt instruments at FVTOCI
Investments in listed bonds

Notes

21

B- to BB (2018:
B+ to BB-)
N/A

Financial assets at amortised cost
Loan and interest receivables

23

N/A

Other receivables

Trade receivables

Bank balances

Notes:

24

24

26

N/A

N/A

BBB- to AA 
(2018: BBB 
to AA-)

N/A

12m ECL

127,082

116,768

Low risk

12m ECL

14,744

13,562

Low risk
Medium risk
High risk
Loss

12m ECL
12m ECL
Lifetime ECL
Lifetime ECL

7,514
–
119,536
127,393

56,151
82,767
119,786
–

(Note (i))

12m ECL

5,635

8,743

(Note (ii))

Lifetime ECL  
(simplified 
approach)

1,261

1,060

N/A

12m ECL

92,335

83,505

(i) 

For the purpose of internal credit assessment, the Group considers if there is any past due record or other 

relevant  information  available  without  undue  cost  or  effort  to  assess  whether  credit  risk  has  increased 

significantly since initial recognition.

(ii) 

The  Group  has  applied  the  simplified  approach  in  HKFRS  9  to  measure  the  loss  allowance  for  trade 

receivables on lifetime ECL basis.

143

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

Trade receivables

At  31  December  2019,  the  Group  had  concentration  of  credit  risk  for  its  trade  receivables  as  100% 
(2018: 100%) of the amount was attributable to the Group’s only trading customer in Argentina and it 
contributed to 40% (2018: 62%) of the Group’s revenue. However, since the trade receivable is due from 
a state-owned oil company of good creditability, the management considers that the Group’s credit risk 
is low and ECL is minimal at 31 December 2019 and 2018.

Loan and interest receivables

At 31 December 2019, the carrying amount of loan and interest receivables was HK$185,688,000 (2018: 
HK$251,652,000).  The  Group  had  concentration  of  credit  risk  for  its  loan  and  interest  receivables  as 
74% (2018: 70%) of the carrying amount at 31 December 2019 was due from five (2018: five) borrowers. 
The  loan  and  interest  receivables  due  from  these  borrowers  amounted  to  HK$136,782,000  (2018: 
HK$176,094,000) at 31 December 2019. The Group seeks to maintain strict control over its outstanding 
loan and interest receivables to minimise credit risk. The management has a credit policy in place and 
the exposures to the credit risk are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Impairment  allowances  on  outstanding  loan  and  interest  receivables  are  determined  by  an  evaluation 
of  the  financial  background,  financial  condition  and  historical  settlement  records,  including  past 
due  rates  and  default  rates,  of  the  borrowers  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forward-looking 
information (such as forecast of macroeconomic factors including Gross Domestic Product growth and 
unemployment rate with adjustment on different scenarios of economic environment prospect) that is 
available without undue cost or effort at the end of each reporting period. The borrowers are assigned 
different  risk  grading  under  internal  credit  ratings  to  calculate  the  ECL,  taking  into  consideration 
the  estimates  of  expected  cash  shortfalls  which  are  driven  by  estimates  of  possibility  of  default  and 
the  expected  loss  given  default  including  taking  into  account  the  amount  and  timing  of  cash  flows 
that  are  expected  from  foreclosure  on  the  collaterals  (if  any)  less  the  costs  of  selling  the  collaterals. 
The  collaterals  comprise  properties  in  Hong  Kong  or  the  PRC  or  unlisted  debt  instruments  issued  by 
listed    company  in  Hong  Kong  with  the  estimated  fair  value  of  most  of  the  collaterals  are  higher  than 
the  related  loan  balances  individually.  In  relation  to  credit-impaired  loan  and  interest  receivables 
amounting  to  HK$139,274,000,  no  loss  allowance  has  been  recognised  because  of  sufficiency  of 
collaterals.  During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  net  ECL  on  loan  and  interest  receivables 
amounting to HK$61,703,000 (2018: HK$5,613,000) was recognised in profit or loss.

Debt instruments at FVTOCI

The  Group  assesses  the  credit  risk  of  the  investments  in  debt  securities  at  the  end  of  each  reporting 
period. The Group’s debt instruments at FVTOCI mainly comprise listed bonds that are graded by credit-
rating  agencies  as  per  globally  understood  definitions  and  some  bonds  without  external  credit  rating 
are assessed by internal credit rating.

144

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201938.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Credit risk and impairment assessment (continued)

Debt instruments at FVTOCI (continued)

The  Group  assessed  the  ECL  for  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  by  reference  to  credit  rating  of  the  bond 
investment  by  rating  agencies,  corporate  historical  default  and  loss  rate  and  exposure  of  default  of 
each bond investment. The Group also considered macroeconomic factors and recent forward-looking 
information  (such  as  Gross  Domestic  Product  growth  and  unemployment  rate  with  adjustment  on 
different scenarios of economic environment prospect) affecting the respective industry for each issuer 
in the assessment.

During  the  year  ended  31  December  2019,  reversal  of  ECL  on  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  amounting 
to HK$56,000 (2018: provision of ECL of HK$395,000) was recognised in profit or loss. At 31 December 
2019,  the  impairment  allowance  for  debt  instruments  at  FVTOCI  amounted  to  HK$2,530,000  (2018: 
HK$2,586,000).

At 1 January 2018
Changes due to debt instruments at FVTOCI recognised at 1 January 2018:

– Impairment allowance recognised
– Impairment allowance reversed (Note (i))

New debt instruments purchased (Note (ii))

At 31 December 2018
Changes due to debt instruments at FVTOCI recognised at 1 January 2019:

– Impairment allowance recognised
– Impairment allowance reversed (Note (i))

New debt instruments purchased (Note (ii))

At 31 December 2019

Notes:

12m ECL
HK$’000

2,191

165
(535)
765

2,586

40
(551)
455

2,530

(i) 

The  impairment  allowance  reversed  of  HK$551,000  (2018:  HK$535,000)  was  attributed  to  (i)  the 

derecognition  of  debt  instruments  with  gross  carrying  amount  of  HK$11,700,000  (2018:  HK$38,533,000) 

which  resulted  in  a  reversal  of  impairment  allowance  of  HK$422,000  (2018:  HK$535,000)  and  (ii)  the 

reassessment  of  the  impairment  allowance  of  debt  instruments  held  at  the  year  end  with  gross  carrying 

amount of HK$112,366,000 (2018: HK$104,979,000) which resulted in a reversal of impairment allowance of 

HK$129,000 (2018: nil).

(ii) 

The  gross  carrying  amount  of  new  debt  instruments  purchased  amounting  to  HK$13,840,000  (2018: 

HK$36,844,000) during the year ended 31 December 2019.

145

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Liquidity risk

Liquidity  risk  reflects  the  risk  that  the  Group  will  have  insufficient  resources  to  meet  its  financial 
liabilities as they fall due. In managing liquidity risk, the Group monitors and maintains sufficient funds 
to meet all its potential liabilities as they fall due, including shareholder distributions. It is applicable to 
normal market conditions as well as negative projections against expected outcomes, so as to avoid any 
risk of incurring contractual penalties or damaging the Group’s reputation.

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial liabilities based 
on the agreed repayment terms.

For  non-derivative  financial  liabilities,  the  table  has  been  drawn  up  based  on  the  undiscounted  cash 
flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The 
table includes both interest and principal cash flows. To the extent that interest flows are floating rate, 
the undiscounted amount is derived from interest in effect at the end of the reporting period.

Liquidity table

Weighted
average
interest rate
%

On demand
or
less than
1 month
HK$’000

1 to 6
months
HK$’000

Total
7 months undiscounted
cash flows
to 1 year
HK$’000
HK$’000

Carrying
amount
HK$’000

%

HK$’000

HK$’000

HK$’000

HK$’000

HK$’000

At 31 December 2019
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade payables
Other payables

Lease liabilities

At 31 December 2018
Non-derivative financial liabilities
Trade payables
Other payables

–
–

4.40

–
–

866
797

1,663
342

–
–

–
1,712

–
–

–
1,623

866
797

1,663
3,677

866
797

1,663
3,612

2,005

1,712

1,623

5,340

5,275

338
1,355

1,693

–
–

–

–
–

–

338
1,355

338
1,355

1,693

1,693

146

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

Fair value measurements of financial instruments

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Some  of  the  Group’s  financial  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period. 
The following table gives information about how fair values of these financial assets are determined (in 
particular, the valuation technique(s) and inputs used).

Financial assets

Debt instruments at FVTOCI
Listed debt securities

Financial assets at FVTPL
Listed equity securities

Fair value
 hierarchy

Valuation technique(s) 
and key input(s)

Fair value

2019
HK$’000

2018
 HK$’000

141,826

130,330

Level 1

37,059

71,816

Level 1

Quoted bid prices 
in active markets

Quoted bid prices 
in an active market

There were no transfers among Level 1, 2 and 3 of fair value hierarchy in the current and prior years.

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis

The directors consider that the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities recognised in 
the consolidated financial statements approximate to their fair values.

147

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39.  PARTICULARS OF PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES

Details  of  the  Company’s  principal  subsidiaries,  which  are  limited  liability  companies,  at  31  December 
2019 and 2018, are as follows:

Name of subsidiary

Place of
incorporation/
operations

EP Energy S.A.

Argentina

Have Result Investments 

Limited

Have Result Finance 

Limited

British Virgin 
Islands/ 
Argentina

Hong Kong

EPI Management Limited

Hong Kong

Mobilewise (Hong Kong) 

Hong Kong

Limited

The PRC

Xiamen Mega Link Hengtian 
Zhichuang Investment 
Management Partners Corporation 
(Limited Partnership) (literal 
translation of its Chinese name 
廈門兆聯恒天智創投資管理 
合夥企業(有限合夥)

Mobilewise Network Technology 

The PRC

(Beijing) Limited (literal translation 
of its Chinese name 
携智網絡技術(北京)有限公司)

Nominal value
of issued
and fully paid
ordinary share/
registered capital

ARS303,600
(2018: ARS303,600)

US$10,000
(2018: US$10,000)

HK$100
(2018: HK$100)

HK$1
(2018: HK$1)

HK$1
(2018: HK$1)

RMB60,824,578
(2018: RMB60,824,578)

US$1,400,000
(2018: US$1,400,000)

Attributable
proportion of
nominal value of
issued/registered
capital held
by the Company
Directly

Indirectly

Principal activities

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

100%
(2018: 100%)

Petroleum exploration 
and production

100%
(2018: 100%)

Petroleum exploration 
and production

100%
(2018: 100%)

100%
(2018: 100%)

100%
(2018: 100%)

Money lending

Investment in 

securities and 
management

Investment in 

securities and 
management

100%
(2018: 100%)

Investment holding 

and money lending

100%
(2018: 100%)

Money lending

The  above  table  lists  the  subsidiaries  of  the  Group  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  directors,  principally 
affected  the  results  of  the  Group.  To  give  details  of  other  insignificant  subsidiaries  which  are  mainly 
inactive or engaged in investment holding would, in the opinion of the directors, result in particulars of 
excessive length.

During the year ended 31 December 2018, the Group disposed of one inactive subsidiary by transfer of 
interest to an independent third party and the financial impact is insignificant. No disposal of subsidiary 
noted during the year ended 31 December 2019.

None  of  the  subsidiaries  had  any  debt  securities  outstanding  at  the  end  of  the  year,  or  at  any  time 
during the year.

148

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39.  PARTICULARS OF PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES (continued)

On  8  November  2017,  two  indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  entered  into  a  limited 
partnership  agreement  (“Limited  Partnership  Agreement”)  with  two  independent  third  parties  in 
respect of, among other matters, the establishment of a limited partnership (“Limited Partnership”) and 
the  subscription  of  interest  therein.  Pursuant  to  the  Limited  Partnership  Agreement,  the  total  capital 
commitment  to  the  Limited  Partnership  is  RMB120,000,000  in  which  the  Group  had  committed  to 
contribute  RMB61,510,000.  Details  of  these  were  set  out  in  the  announcement  of  the  Company  dated 
8  November  2017.  At  31  December  2018,  no  capital  had  been  injected  by  the  Group  to  the  Limited 
Partnership. During the year ended 31 December 2019, the Limited Partnership Agreement had lapsed.

40.  EVENT AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

As  disclosed  in  the  circular  of  the  Company  dated  12  March  2020,  the  Company  intends,  through  its 
indirect  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  to  submit  a  bid  offer  for  the  Bidding  Process.  At  the  reporting  date, 
the Bidding Process has not yet commenced.

The  outbreak  of  COVID-19  pandemic  that  is  affecting  many  nations,  the  global  and  local  investment 
and  credit  markets  and  the  international  oil  prices  has  adverse  impact  on  the  Group’s  operations. 
The  directors  of  the  Company  considered  it  is  difficult  to  predict  the  evolution  and  duration  of  the 
pandemic  and  that  at  the  reporting  date,  the  extent  of  its  impact  to  the  Group’s  operation  cannot  be 
reliably quantified or estimated. The management will continue to closely monitor the situation and will 
take all necessary and appropriate measures to reduce the impact of the pandemic to the Group.

149

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 201941.  STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Interests in subsidiaries – unlisted
Amounts due from subsidiaries

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

–
8
150,204

1
8
185,853

Total non-current assets

150,212

185,862

Current assets
Other receivables, prepayment and deposits
Amounts due from subsidiaries
Bank balances and cash

Total current assets

Current liabilities
Other payables
Amounts due to subsidiaries
Tax payable

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

449
396,521
504

449
390,063
474

397,474

390,986

11,808
93,102
3,092

13,489
93,745
2,938

108,002

110,172

289,472

280,814

Total assets less current liabilities

439,684

466,676

Capital and reserves
Share capital
Reserves (Note)

Total equity

52,403
387,281

52,403
414,273

439,684

466,676

150

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
41.  STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY (continued)

Note:

Movements of the Company’s reserves are as follows:

Share

Share

options Accumulated

premium

HK$’000

reserve

HK$’000

losses

HK$’000

Total

HK$’000

770,285

201,645

(629,156)

342,774

–

147,985

–

–

(76,486)

(76,486)

–

147,985

918,270

201,645

(705,642)

414,273

–

–

(26,992)

(26,992)

At 1 January 2018

Loss and total comprehensive  

expense for the year

Issue of shares upon conversion of  

convertible notes

At 31 December 2018

Loss and total comprehensive  

expense for the year

At 31 December 2019

918,270

201,645

(732,634)

387,281

151

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Notes to the Consolidated Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 December 2019 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS

2019
HK$’000

Year ended 31 December
2018
HK$’000

2017
HK$’000

2016
HK$’000

2015
HK$’000

Revenue

60,560

71,419

57,870

62,253

66,571

Loss before tax
Income tax expense

(137,327)
(772)

(115,087)
(140)

(48,424)
(6,431)

(30,988)
(91)

(276,548)
–

Loss for the year

(138,099)

(115,227)

(54,855)

(31,079)

(276,548)

ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

At 31 December

2019
HK$’000

2018
HK$’000

2017
HK$’000

2016
HK$’000

2015
HK$’000

Total assets
Total liabilities

469,264
(25,368)

599,667
(24,614)

706,920
(147,804)

367,734
(21,892)

92,903
(217,828)

Equity attributable to owners of the 

Company

443,896

575,053

559,116

345,842

(124,925)

152

EPI (HOLDINGS) LIMITED   ANNUAL REPORT 2019Five-Year Financial SummaryFor the year ended 31 December 2019